<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693</id><updated>2012-02-16T19:06:34.830-08:00</updated><category term='VBScript'/><category term='Host'/><category term='FMS Mock Test'/><category term='Teradata'/><category term='hcl placement papers'/><category term='VB.net Interview Questions'/><category term='college students'/><category term='Risk Management'/><category term='Microprocessor Interview Questions'/><category term='SQL Injection'/><category term='SQL Indexes'/><category term='Java Interview Questions'/><category term='interview preparation'/><category term='Report Generation'/><category term='Interview Questions'/><category term='Resume Preparation Guidelines'/><category term='MCSD'/><category term='System Engineers'/><category term='Dispose'/><category term='IPV4'/><category term='DataInstance'/><category term='SAP R/3 Modularization'/><category term='database interview questions'/><category term='campus interview questions'/><category term='PHP interview Questions'/><category term='Finalize'/><category term='Sharepoint Server'/><category term='Tree View Control'/><category term='Bank PO General Knowledge Questions'/><category term='Common Law Admission Test'/><category term='XSL'/><category term='Resume'/><category term='OOPs'/><category term='authentication'/><category term='BANK PO NUMERICAL ABILITY Questions'/><category term='Object Oriented system design'/><category term='reasoning verbal questions'/><category term='Exams'/><category term='python interview questions'/><category term='PHP Job interview Questions'/><category term='satellite assembly'/><category term='Six Sigma'/><category term='ABAP reporting'/><category term='Oracle Interview Questions'/><category term='SAP BDC'/><category term='management schools'/><category term='Load Runner Interview Questions'/><category term='webservice'/><category term='VBA'/><category term='Application_Start'/><category term='VB.net'/><category term='ADO.net Interview Questions'/><category term='constructor Interview Questions'/><category term='cts interview questions'/><category term='Dataset'/><category term='Bank Probationary Officers’ Aptitude Test'/><category term='Web user controls'/><category term='H1 B Visa Interview Questions'/><category term='DB'/><category term='Tutor interview questions'/><category term='Test Director interview questions'/><category term='Quick Test Professional questions'/><category term='CAT'/><category term='Garbage Collection'/><category term='3rd Normal Form'/><category term='Interview helper'/><category term='IBM interview questions'/><category term='SQL Server Stored Procedures'/><category term='fresher'/><category term='USA visa'/><category term='RCW'/><category term='Mainframe Interview Questions'/><category term='Enginerring test'/><category term='infosys placement papers'/><category term='Wipro Interview Questions'/><category term='OSI'/><category term='Cisco Interview Questions'/><category term='Operating system Job  Interview Questions'/><category term='IT interview Question Papers'/><category term='Unix'/><category term='Datareader'/><category term='Postback'/><category term='C language'/><category term='WinRunner Interview Questions'/><category term='Teacher Interview Questions'/><category term='Salary Negotiation'/><category term='WAN'/><category term='Career Advice'/><category term='JSP interview questions'/><category term='GATE Computer Science'/><category term='MS SQL Server questions'/><category term='wipro placement papers'/><category term='GATE entrance exam questions'/><category term='Share Market'/><category term='Mock'/><category term='RDBMS Interview Questions'/><category term='Software Testing'/><category term='Object Oriented Application Development'/><category term='Bank PO Reasoning verbal'/><category term='Oracle'/><category term='Interview'/><category term='job interview questions and answers'/><category term='LAN'/><category term='group discussion iim'/><category term='MTU'/><category term='C++ interview questions'/><category term='C interview Questions'/><category term='ca'/><category term='Interviews'/><category term='Finance Interview Questions'/><category term='Bioinformatics Interview Questions'/><category term='Negotiation'/><category term='SQL Server interview questions'/><category term='Basic .net Framework'/><category term='Resume creator'/><category term='SSL'/><category term='SAP Basis'/><category term='CIDR'/><category term='Shares'/><category term='OOAD'/><category term='learning'/><category term='Costing'/><category term='.net framework'/><category term='Manual testing Interview Questions'/><category term='teaching questions'/><category term='Sharepoint Portal Interview Questions'/><category term='Investment Banking'/><category term='.net Interview Questions'/><category term='Unix Interview Questions'/><category term='sap interview questions'/><category term='Informatica'/><category term='1st Normal Form'/><category term='biotech questions'/><category term='SAP ADM325'/><category term='.net Framework Interview Questions'/><category term='H1 Interview Questions'/><category term='Jobs'/><category term='RDBMS'/><category term='constructors'/><category term='iim questions'/><category term='JDBC'/><category term='Open Source'/><category term='PHP'/><category term='cat questions'/><category term='Software Testing interview questions'/><category term='TCS Interview Papers'/><category term='Software process'/><category term='Hotel Management Questions'/><category term='Technical and Quantitative Interview Questions'/><category term='Database'/><category term='SQL Optimization Interview Questions'/><category term='SAP TADM12'/><category term='Visual Basic Interview Questions'/><category term='Linux'/><category term='ABAP'/><category term='Campus interview'/><category term='Job Interview Questions'/><category term='Data Warehousing'/><category term='JAVA  Interview Questions'/><category term='SQL Views'/><category term='CMMI'/><category term='Oracle Questions'/><category term='CCNA Certification Dumps'/><category term='FMS'/><category term='DWH'/><category term='Interview Help'/><category term='java job interview questions'/><category term='Full Duplex'/><category term='gk questions'/><category term='C Questions'/><category term='Mainframes'/><category term='Oracle8'/><category term='Interview Concepts'/><category term='DNS'/><category term='Broadcast'/><category term='SQL'/><category term='JSP'/><category term='B.Ed GK Questions'/><category term='C'/><category term='PL/SQL'/><category term='CMC Interview Questions'/><category term='CCNA Interview Questions'/><category term='Switch'/><category term='ADSL'/><category term='iim'/><category term='SBI BANK PO Questions'/><category term='Tata Consultancy Services'/><category term='Cobol Interview Questions'/><category term='SAP R/3 Interactive Reporting'/><category term='XAT'/><category term='OS interview Questions'/><category term='HR Interview Questions'/><category term='How to prepare for an interview'/><category term='Points to remmeber'/><category term='DOM'/><category term='SAP R/3 Release 4 - BA4x'/><category term='infosys interview questions'/><category term='Resume Helper'/><category term='ActiveX'/><category term='DSL'/><category term='Bank PO Important Dates in history'/><category term='PO Questions'/><category term='infosys test paper'/><category term='ABAP interview Questions'/><category term='Asset Management Interview Questions'/><category term='IP'/><category term='B.Ed Abbreviation Questions'/><category term='Interop Services'/><category term='cognizant'/><category term='Interview tips'/><category term='Examination'/><category term='IBM GLOBAL SERVICES'/><category term='web.config'/><category term='IGRP'/><category term='C# Interview Questions'/><category term='hcl interview questions'/><category term='CDMA'/><category term='formula list CAT'/><category term='Accounting'/><category term='SQL Triggers'/><category term='asax'/><category term='Behavioral  Interview Questions'/><category term='XML'/><category term='SAP Windows NT'/><category term='Hub'/><category term='salary'/><category term='SAX'/><category term='Visa Stamping'/><category term='management questions'/><category term='Unboxing'/><category term='freshers'/><category term='Ping'/><category term='Testing Interview questions'/><category term='CET'/><category term='subnet'/><category term='SQL Transactions'/><category term='DB2'/><category term='QA interview questions'/><category term='DBA'/><category term='asp net interview questions'/><category term='CCW'/><category term='gd'/><category term='SAP Reporting'/><category term='Money market'/><category term='ASP.net'/><category term='SAP Logical Database'/><category term='COM Job Interview Questions'/><category term='Networking Interview Questions'/><category term='2nd Normal Form'/><category term='HR Questions'/><category term='GSM'/><category term='SAP R/3 ARCHITECTURE Interview Questions'/><category term='SAP ADM100'/><category term='connizant'/><category term='Technical Interview Questions'/><category term='AS/400 Interview Questions'/><category term='law interview questions'/><category term='COM/DCOM'/><category term='excel VBA Interview Questions'/><category term='J2ME interview questions'/><category term='ContextUtil'/><category term='Engineering entrance test'/><category term='ASP.net interview questions'/><category term='TCP/IP'/><category term='Competition exam'/><category term='3G'/><category term='internship'/><category term='SQL Admin Interview Questions'/><category term='C++'/><category term='law questions'/><category term='SBI BANK PO Numerical Ability Questions'/><category term='Oracle9i'/><category term='Microsoft Interview Questions'/><category term='Semester'/><category term='XmlSerializer'/><category term='Routers'/><category term='070-316'/><category term='Boxing'/><category term='engineering students'/><category term='Business Objects'/><category term='cat papers'/><category term='IIS Interview Questions'/><category term='SAP Transactions'/><category term='TCS'/><category term='COM+'/><category term='Visual Basic'/><category term='GATE'/><category term='cisco questions'/><category term='Basics of project management'/><category term='SQL Trigger Interview Questions'/><category term='Asp interview questions'/><category term='ADO'/><category term='point-to-point'/><category term='LoadRunner Interview Questions'/><category term='Bank PO General Knowledge Test'/><category term='LAMP'/><category term='bluetooth interview questions'/><category term='Webservices Interview Questions'/><category term='common entrance test'/><category term='current affair questions'/><category term='cts placement papers'/><category term='ajax'/><category term='VB Interview questions'/><category term='Win Runner QA'/><category term='SQL Tools Interview Questions'/><category term='Win Runner interview Questions'/><category term='XML Interview Questions'/><category term='Investment Management Interview Questions'/><category term='QTP interview questions'/><category term='VB6'/><category term='experience'/><category term='IBM Test 000-285'/><category term='ASP'/><category term='CAT mocks'/><category term='SQL View Interview Questions'/><category term='Portal server'/><category term='LAMP interview questions'/><category term='javascript interview questions'/><category term='VB'/><category term='Quantitative Interview Questions'/><category term='SOAP'/><category term='Interview Questions and Answers'/><category term='Win Runner QA Part 1'/><category term='BO'/><category term='Project Management Interview Questions'/><category term='clr'/><category term='H1B Visa'/><category term='Portfolio Management'/><category term='Viewstate'/><category term='Technical Interview'/><category term='intervew questions'/><category term='employer interview questions'/><category term='b.ed questions'/><category term='J2EE  Interview Questions'/><category term='C interview Question'/><category term='SAP4 Basis'/><category term='Accounting Interview Questions'/><category term='Bank PO Important Abbreviations'/><title type='text'>An interviewhelper.org blog</title><subtitle type='html'>This blog lists all the latest developments with interviewhelper.org and partner sites. It also contains the latest interview questions posted on Interview Helper&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
For more stuff please visit &lt;a href="http://interviewhelper.org"&gt;Interviewhelper.org&lt;/a&gt;</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default?start-index=101&amp;max-results=100'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>315</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-4295404151578908994</id><published>2008-11-05T08:48:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.797-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='LAN'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Job Interview Questions'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='cisco questions'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Interview Help'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='System Engineers'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Cisco Interview Questions'/><title type='text'>Cisco (642-577)  : Wireless LAN for System Engineers</title><content type='html'>Cisco(642-577):Wireless LAN for System Engineers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q1. WECA promotes __ wireless technology&lt;br /&gt;a. WLAN&lt;br /&gt;b. WiFi&lt;br /&gt;c. Wireless adaptation&lt;br /&gt;d. WECA technology&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q2. Which parameter is available on the Express Setup screen of the&lt;br /&gt;Access Point?&lt;br /&gt;a. SSID&lt;br /&gt;b. Role in radio network&lt;br /&gt;c. both a and b&lt;br /&gt;d. None of the above&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q3. Which tool is not applicable to Cisco WLAN?&lt;br /&gt;a. CDM, Cisco Device Manager&lt;br /&gt;b. RF sniffers&lt;br /&gt;c. MIBs&lt;br /&gt;d. Windows2000&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q4. Fast Secure Roaming improves total latency time associated with the roam from &gt;&lt;br /&gt;500 ms to __&lt;br /&gt;a. &lt;250 ms&lt;br /&gt;b. &lt;150 ms&lt;br /&gt;c. &lt;100 ms&lt;br /&gt;d. &lt;200 ms&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q5. __ number of WEP keys is what the client needs to configure in each cell&lt;br /&gt;using Cisco server-based authentication&lt;br /&gt;a. 1&lt;br /&gt;b. 2&lt;br /&gt;c. 3&lt;br /&gt;d. 4&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q6. WLAN is connected by&lt;br /&gt;a. Radio frequencies&lt;br /&gt;b. Cat5 cable&lt;br /&gt;c. Twisted pair&lt;br /&gt;d. Ultra Violet rays&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q7. Which authentication types are not defined by 802.11?&lt;br /&gt;a. shared key&lt;br /&gt;b. EAP-TLS&lt;br /&gt;c. open&lt;br /&gt;d. closed&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q8. EIRP is measured in __&lt;br /&gt;a. dBa&lt;br /&gt;b. dBi&lt;br /&gt;c. dBm&lt;br /&gt;d. dBx&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q9. which is unsuitable for discovering an IP address for a given Access Point?&lt;br /&gt;a. IPSU&lt;br /&gt;b. CDP&lt;br /&gt;c. web browser&lt;br /&gt;d. console port&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q10. Which program is used to push profiles out to multiple Cisco Aironet clients?&lt;br /&gt;a. ACM&lt;br /&gt;b. ACDU&lt;br /&gt;c. ACAU&lt;br /&gt;d. ACU&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q11. No licensing is required for which of the following RF bands?&lt;br /&gt;a. 830-850MHz&lt;br /&gt;b. 902-928 MHz&lt;br /&gt;c. 2.400-2.483 GHz&lt;br /&gt;d. 5.150-5.350 GHz&lt;br /&gt;e. 5.725-5.825 GHz&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b,c,d,e&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q12. If the gain of the antenna goes up, the beamwidth _______.&lt;br /&gt;a. decreases&lt;br /&gt;b. increases&lt;br /&gt;c. No change&lt;br /&gt;d. polarity changes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q13. Which is not required for WPA v1 for Enterprise Class Access Point?&lt;br /&gt;a. WPA migrationMode&lt;br /&gt;b. 256 bit encryption&lt;br /&gt;c. Unicast and broadcast key management&lt;br /&gt;d. 802.1 X authentication&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q14. What is the maximum number of wired clients that can send packets through the&lt;br /&gt;WGB342 to an Access point?&lt;br /&gt;a. 8&lt;br /&gt;b. 18&lt;br /&gt;c. 10&lt;br /&gt;d. unlimited&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q15. Cisco Aironet 350 Series Client Adapters for notebook computers are available&lt;br /&gt;in __ formats?&lt;br /&gt;a. ISA&lt;br /&gt;b. ISD&lt;br /&gt;c. PCMCIA&lt;br /&gt;d. PCI&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c,d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q16. Antennas that Cisco sells for the Aironet product line&lt;br /&gt;are __ polarized&lt;br /&gt;a. Vertically&lt;br /&gt;b. horizontally&lt;br /&gt;c. diagonally&lt;br /&gt;d. Depends on antenna&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q17. Which value is not required in configuring ACS when adding an AP to ACS database&lt;br /&gt;a. RADIUS shared secret&lt;br /&gt;b. broadcast WEP key&lt;br /&gt;c. Unique name for AP (AAA) in ACS database&lt;br /&gt;d. AP hostname or IP address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q18. The following port is monitored in hot standby mode to determine if Primary&lt;br /&gt;access point isstil alive.&lt;br /&gt;a. Radio port&lt;br /&gt;b. Ethernet port&lt;br /&gt;c. Both a and b&lt;br /&gt;d. None of the above&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q19. __ number of authentication servers can be confogured on access point&lt;br /&gt;a. 4&lt;br /&gt;b. 5&lt;br /&gt;c. 3&lt;br /&gt;d. 1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q20. Which IEEE 802.11 task group is responsible for the development of WLAN&lt;br /&gt;security standards?&lt;br /&gt;a. 802.11a&lt;br /&gt;b. 802.11b&lt;br /&gt;c. 802.11f&lt;br /&gt;d. 802.11i&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-4295404151578908994?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/4295404151578908994/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/11/cisco-642-577-wireless-lan-for-system.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/4295404151578908994'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/4295404151578908994'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/11/cisco-642-577-wireless-lan-for-system.html' title='Cisco (642-577)  : Wireless LAN for System Engineers'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-5587797624202372455</id><published>2008-11-05T08:44:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.798-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='IBM Test 000-285'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='IBM GLOBAL SERVICES'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Job Interview Questions'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='IBM interview questions'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='job interview questions and answers'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='ABAP interview Questions'/><title type='text'>IBM Test 000-285 Sample Questions</title><content type='html'>IBM Test 000-285 Sample Questions&lt;br /&gt;Q1. Which searches can be performed within the WebSphere Studio Workbench?&lt;br /&gt;a. Text&lt;br /&gt;b. Regular Expression based&lt;br /&gt;c. Syntactical&lt;br /&gt;d. Java&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q2.Which of the following are valid properties of Schema?&lt;br /&gt;a. Cluster&lt;br /&gt;b. Database Name&lt;br /&gt;c. Folder&lt;br /&gt;d. Name&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b,c,d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q3. How can you monitor requests and responses between application server and&lt;br /&gt;a Web browser?&lt;br /&gt;a. monitors&lt;br /&gt;b. agents&lt;br /&gt;c. watchdog functions&lt;br /&gt;d. TCP-IP Monitoring Server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q4. In which directory, the web.xml file must reside under the&lt;br /&gt;context of the hierarchy of directories for a Web Application?&lt;br /&gt;a. WEB&lt;br /&gt;b. WEB-INF&lt;br /&gt;c. CLASSES&lt;br /&gt;d. LIB&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q5. Which component automatically manages refactoring for Websphere developer?&lt;br /&gt;a. JIT&lt;br /&gt;b. JDT&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q6. If content assist is available for the positioned cursor, and a pop-up list of available choices is displayed while launching content assist, which is based on:&lt;br /&gt;a. Directory Tree&lt;br /&gt;b. schema&lt;br /&gt;c. content&lt;br /&gt;d. context&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q7. Which amongst them is valid for Web session management for server&lt;br /&gt;instance?&lt;br /&gt;a. Enable SSL keys&lt;br /&gt;b. Enable Cookies&lt;br /&gt;c. Enable URL rewriting&lt;br /&gt;d. Enable URL substitution&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b,d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q8. "Java content assist is available", this is best described by-&lt;br /&gt;a. Web Projects&lt;br /&gt;b. EJB Projects&lt;br /&gt;c. Scriptlets&lt;br /&gt;d. All of the above&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a,c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q9. Entity beans with Container Managed Persistence fields are mapped to?&lt;br /&gt;a. Database tables&lt;br /&gt;b. Columns&lt;br /&gt;c. Rows&lt;br /&gt;d. Databases&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a,b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q10. Which of them is the WebSphere Studio debugger's function?&lt;br /&gt;a. Remote debug&lt;br /&gt;d. Thread suspension&lt;br /&gt;c. Step over and step in&lt;br /&gt;d. Set breakpoints&lt;br /&gt;e. All of the above&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. e&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q11. tag is used for?&lt;br /&gt;a. get a property value in a JavaBean&lt;br /&gt;b. set a property value in a JavaBean&lt;br /&gt;c. redirection&lt;br /&gt;d. all of these, but in a different manner&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q13. Suppose you have an EJB project.When you import into this project, what happens&lt;br /&gt;to Deployment Descriptor and Extension Information:&lt;br /&gt;a. They get merged&lt;br /&gt;b. They get overwritten&lt;br /&gt;c. They get copied&lt;br /&gt;d. No change&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q14. HTML content assist can be accessed by:&lt;br /&gt;a. Shift f5&lt;br /&gt;b. Ctrl Space&lt;br /&gt;c. Select File menu, Select Content assist&lt;br /&gt;d. none of these&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q15. Which is necessary to query database in WebSphere studio?&lt;br /&gt;a. SQL builder plugin&lt;br /&gt;b. Presence of data in a database&lt;br /&gt;c. Access to database&lt;br /&gt;d. All three&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a,c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q16. Server configuration contains information required for _&lt;br /&gt;a. Project set up&lt;br /&gt;b. Project removal&lt;br /&gt;c. Set up and publish server&lt;br /&gt;d. EJB creation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q17. In which case VM does not terminats?&lt;br /&gt;a. System.exit()call&lt;br /&gt;b. Page is closed&lt;br /&gt;c. Page is terminated in debugger&lt;br /&gt;d. All of the above&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q18. In Export wizard, which export destination is invalid?&lt;br /&gt;a. RAR file&lt;br /&gt;b. WAR file&lt;br /&gt;c. SQL datbase&lt;br /&gt;d. CVS file&lt;br /&gt;e. FTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c,d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q19. Which of the following is not supported by Websphere Studio V5.0?&lt;br /&gt;a. Informix&lt;br /&gt;b. DB2&lt;br /&gt;c. PeopleSoft&lt;br /&gt;d. Sybase&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q20. Consider the host variable :HOST. Which is the database vendor then?&lt;br /&gt;a. MySql&lt;br /&gt;b. PeopleSoft&lt;br /&gt;c. DB2&lt;br /&gt;d. Oracle&lt;br /&gt;e. Informix&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c,d,e&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q21. How can we filter tables from a view of a database?&lt;br /&gt;a. Programming to restrict JDBC&lt;br /&gt;b. Can not be filtered&lt;br /&gt;c. Restricting resultset programmatically&lt;br /&gt;d. Adding a filter using DBExplorer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q22. When creating a new server project, server instance identifies -&lt;br /&gt;a. containers&lt;br /&gt;b. components&lt;br /&gt;c. server&lt;br /&gt;d. Runtime environment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-5587797624202372455?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/5587797624202372455/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/11/ibm-test-000-285-sample-questions.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/5587797624202372455'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/5587797624202372455'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/11/ibm-test-000-285-sample-questions.html' title='IBM Test 000-285 Sample Questions'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-3296409681200045539</id><published>2008-11-05T08:42:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.798-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='cisco questions'/><title type='text'>Cisco(9E0-851) Questions</title><content type='html'>Cisco(9E0-851): Customer Response solution, CRS&lt;br /&gt;Q1. Which JTAPI call state is not controlled by the system?&lt;br /&gt;a. Received&lt;br /&gt;b. Answered&lt;br /&gt;c. Rejected&lt;br /&gt;d. Accepted&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q2. CRS subsystem responsible for the connection between application server and speech files is:&lt;br /&gt;a. Server subsystem&lt;br /&gt;b. Database subsystem&lt;br /&gt;c. Application subsystem&lt;br /&gt;d. Media subsystem&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q3. Which step does not perform logical operations?&lt;br /&gt;a. If&lt;br /&gt;b. Switch&lt;br /&gt;c. for&lt;br /&gt;d. goto&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c,d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q4. In order to play text as speech, CRS server has to make__&lt;br /&gt;a. Text document&lt;br /&gt;b. ASR document&lt;br /&gt;c. File document&lt;br /&gt;d. TTS prompt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q5. Which step gets added to the script automatically, if not given?&lt;br /&gt;a. Start&lt;br /&gt;b. End&lt;br /&gt;c. Connect&lt;br /&gt;d. Reject&lt;br /&gt;e. all of the above&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q6. In which step, you answer the call from call Manager.&lt;br /&gt;a. Connect&lt;br /&gt;b. Accept&lt;br /&gt;c. Start&lt;br /&gt;d. Begin&lt;br /&gt;e. Any of them can be used&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q7. __ number of enterprise Data fields are available to CRS applications.&lt;br /&gt;a. 250&lt;br /&gt;b. 200&lt;br /&gt;c. 201&lt;br /&gt;d. 231&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q8. Which SQL command cannot be used in DB WRITE step?&lt;br /&gt;a. SQL Insert&lt;br /&gt;b. Insert&lt;br /&gt;c. Update&lt;br /&gt;d. Delete&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q9. In order to get data from LDAP for a user, perform the following step.&lt;br /&gt;a. Get User Info&lt;br /&gt;b. Get Call Info&lt;br /&gt;c. Get User&lt;br /&gt;d. Get Call&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q10. Which is not a CRS subsystem?&lt;br /&gt;a. JTAPI&lt;br /&gt;b. ICD&lt;br /&gt;c. Email&lt;br /&gt;d. Server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q11. Call redirect step is in __ Pallette.&lt;br /&gt;a. Session&lt;br /&gt;b. Application&lt;br /&gt;c. Call contact&lt;br /&gt;d. Call reject&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q12. Which call state is not controlled by CRS application.&lt;br /&gt;a. Transferred&lt;br /&gt;b. Disconnected&lt;br /&gt;c. Accepted&lt;br /&gt;d. Abandoned&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q13. In order to check out a database connection, following two steps are used.&lt;br /&gt;a. DB Read and DB Write&lt;br /&gt;b. DB Get and DB Read&lt;br /&gt;c. DB Write and DB Get&lt;br /&gt;d. DB Read, DB Write and DB Get&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q14. JTAPI provider is the IP address of __&lt;br /&gt;a. Call Receiver&lt;br /&gt;b. Call Manager&lt;br /&gt;c. CRS server&lt;br /&gt;d. Publisher&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q15. Before sending an email, the necessary step is&lt;br /&gt;a. Attach email&lt;br /&gt;b. Create email&lt;br /&gt;c. Send email&lt;br /&gt;d. cc email&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q16. TTS is&lt;br /&gt;a. Text to Signal&lt;br /&gt;b. Text to Sound&lt;br /&gt;c. Text to Speech&lt;br /&gt;d. Text to Speech Synthesis&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q17. Which is not the necessary step:&lt;br /&gt;a. Create mail&lt;br /&gt;b. Send mail&lt;br /&gt;c. Attach to mail&lt;br /&gt;d. cc mail&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c,d&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q18. DB Get happens only after&lt;br /&gt;a. DB Read&lt;br /&gt;b. DB Write&lt;br /&gt;c. DB Edit&lt;br /&gt;d. DB Release&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q19. Real Time CRS Reports have time frame of&lt;br /&gt;a. Past 5 mins&lt;br /&gt;b. Past 1 day&lt;br /&gt;c. Only current information&lt;br /&gt;d. Last one month information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. c&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q20. An agent may have&lt;br /&gt;a. 10 skills&lt;br /&gt;b. 50 skills&lt;br /&gt;c. Unlimited skills&lt;br /&gt;d. 0 skills&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ans. b&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-3296409681200045539?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/3296409681200045539/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/11/cisco9e0-851-questions.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/3296409681200045539'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/3296409681200045539'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/11/cisco9e0-851-questions.html' title='Cisco(9E0-851) Questions'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-8991890648965885830</id><published>2008-08-30T07:00:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.798-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Certification Dumps'/><title type='text'>CCNA Certification Dumps</title><content type='html'>&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;google_ad_client = "pub-8716701302248821";google_ad_slot = "3280367826";google_ad_width = 600;google_ad_height = 60;&lt;/script&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript" src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;&lt;/script&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;1 As system administrator, you type "debug ipx sap" and receive the following lines as part of the IOS response: type 0x4, "HELLO2", 199.0002.0003.0006 (451), 2 hops type 0x4, "HELLO1", 199.0002.0003.0008 (451), 2 hops What does "0x4" signify?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;A. That is a Get Nearest Server response.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;B. That it is a General query.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;C. That it is a General response.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;D. That it is a Get Nearest Server request. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;2 To monitor IP igrp traffic, you can use "debug IP igrp transaction" or "debug IP igrp events". How do you display information about IPX routing update packets?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;A. debug routing&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;B. debug ipx transaction&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;C. debug ipx routing activity&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;D. debug ipx events &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;3 To monitor ipx traffic on a network, what command would you use?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;A. debug ipx transaction&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;B. show ipx traffic&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;C. show ipx events&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;D. display ipx traffic &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;4 What command would you use to find out the names of Novell servers on a network?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;A. show ipx servers&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;B. show ipx hosts&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;C. show ipx sap&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;D. show ipx nodes. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;5 The "ipx delay number" command will allow an administrator to change the default settings. What are the default settings?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;A. For LAN interfaces, one tick; for WAN interfaces, six ticks&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;B. For LAN interfaces, six ticks; for WAN interfaces, one tick&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;C. For LAN interfaces, zero ticks; for WAN interfaces, five ticks&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;D. For LAN interfaces, five ticks; for WAN interfaces, zero Ticks &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The default is--for LAN interfaces, one tick; for WAN interfaces, six ticks&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;6 As a system administrator, you need to set up one Ethernet interface on the Cisco router to allow for both sap and Novell-ether encapsulations. Which set of commands will accomplish this?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;A. interface ethernet 0.1 ipx encapsulation Novell-ether ipx network 9e interface &lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;ethernet 0.2 ipx network 6c&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;B. interface ethernet 0 ipx encapsulation Novell-ether ipx network 9e interface ethernet 0 ipx encapsulation sap ipx network 6c&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;C. interface ethernet 0.1 ipx encapsulation Novell-ether interface ethernet 0.2 ipx encapsulation sap&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;D. interface ethernet 0.1ipx encapsulation Novell-ether ipx network 9e interface ethernet 0.2 ipx encapsulation sap ipx network 6c &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The following commands setup the subinterfaces to allow for two types of encapsulation: interface ethernet 0.1 ipx encapsulation Novell-ether ipx network 9e interface ethernet 0.2 ipx encapsulation sap ipx network 6c&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;7 What does the "IPX maximum-paths 2" command accomplish?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;A. It enables load sharing on 2 paths if the paths are equal metric paths.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. It sets up routing to go to network 2.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. It is the default for Cisco IPX load sharing.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. It enables load sharing on 2 paths if the paths are unequal metric paths. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;It enables load sharing on 2 paths if the paths are equal metric paths. The default is 1 path and the maximum is 512 paths.&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;8 You want to enable both arpa and snap encapsulation on one router interface. How do you do this?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. The interface can handle multiple encapsulation types with no extra configuration.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. Assign two network numbers, one for each encapsulation type.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. Enable Novell-ether to run multiple encapsulation types.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. Both arpa and snap are enabled by default so you don't have to configure anything. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;To assign multiple network numbers, you usually use subinterfaces. A sample configuration follows: ipx ethernet 0.1 ipx encapsulation novell-ether ipx network 9e interface ethernet 0.2 ipx encapsulation sap ipx network 6c&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;By default, Cisco routers forward GNS SAPs to remote&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;networks.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. False&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. True &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;GNS is Novell's protocol to Get Nearest Server. If there is a server on the local network, that server will respond. If there isn't, the Cisco router has to be configured to forward the GNS SAP.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;9 To prevent Service Advertisements (SAPs) from flooding a network, Cisco routers do not forward them. How are services advertised to other networks?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. Each router builds its own SAP table and forwards that every 60 seconds.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. Each router assigns a service number and broadcasts that.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. SAPs aren't necessary with Cisco routers.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. Cisco routers filter out all SAPs. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Cisco routers build SAP tables and forward the table every 60 seconds. All SAPs can't be filtered even with 4.x since NDS and time synchronization uses SAPs.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;10 Novell's implementation of RIP updates routing tables every ____ seconds.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. 60&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. 90&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. 10&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. 30 &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Novell's RIP updates routing tables every 60 seconds, Apple's RTMP is every 10 seconds, routers ARP every 60 seconds, IGRP signal every 90 seconds, and Banyan VINES signals every 90 seconds.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;11 In Novell's use of RIP, there are two metrics used to make routing decisions. Select the two metrics.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Ticks.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Hops&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Loops&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Counts&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans:A &amp;amp;B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;It first uses ticks (which is about 1/18 sec.); if there is a tie, it uses hops; if hops are equal, then it uses an administratively assigned tiebreaker.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;12 What is the Cisco name for the encapsulation type used on a serial interface?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. HDLC&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. SDLC&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. SAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;13 "arpa" is used by the Cisco IOS for which encapsulation types?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Ethernet_II&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Ethernet_802.3&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Ethernet_802.2&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Ethernet_SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Novell's IPX and Cisco's IOS name their protocols differently. Cisco uses sap for Ethernet_802.2, Token-Ring, and Novell's FDDI_802.2. Cisco uses snap for Ethernet_SNAP, Token-Ring_SNAP, and FDDI_SNAP. Cisco uses arpa for Ethernet_II and, finally the default is Novell-ether for Novell's Ethernet_802.3.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;14 "snap" is used by the Cisco IOS for which encapsulation types?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Ethernet_SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Token-Ring_SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. FDDI_SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Novell-SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. Novell-FDDI.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A,B &amp;amp;C Novell's IPX and Cisco's IOS name their protocols differently. Cisco uses sap for Ethernet_802.2, Token-Ring, and Novell's FDDI_802.2. Cisco uses snap for Ethernet_SNAP, Token-Ring_SNAP, and FDDI_SNAP. Cisco uses arpa for Ethernet_II and, finally the default is Novell-ether for Novell's Ethernet_802.3.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;15"sap" is used by the Cisco IOS for which encapsulation types?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Ethernet_802.2&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Token-Ring&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. FDDI_SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Ethernet_802.3&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. FDDI_802.2&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A,B &amp;amp;E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Novell's IPX and Cisco's IOS name their protocols differently. Cisco uses sap for Ethernet_802.2, Token-Ring, and Novell's FDDI_802.2. Cisco uses snap for Ethernet_SNAP, Token-Ring_SNAP, and FDDI_SNAP. Cisco uses arpa for Ethernet_II and, finally the default is Novell-ether for Novell's Ethernet_802.3.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;16 Which type of Ethernet framing is used for TCP/IP and AppleTalk?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Ethernet 802.3&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Ethernet 802.2&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Ethernet II&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Ethernet SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ethernet 802.3 is used with NetWare versions 2 through 3.11, Ethernet 802.2 is used with NetWare 3.12 and later plus OSI routing, Ethernet II is used with TCP/IP and DECnet, and Ethernet SNAP is used with TCP/IP and AppleTalk.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;17 Which type of Ethernet framing is used for TCP/IP and DECnet?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Ethernet 802.3&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Ethernet 802.2&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Ethernet II&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Ethernet SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ethernet 802.3 is used with NetWare versions 2 through 3.11, Ethernet 802.2 is used with NetWare 3.12 and later plus OSI routing, Ethernet II is used with TCP/IP and DECnet, and Ethernet SNAP is used with TCP/IP and AppleTalk.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;18 You are a system administrator on a NetWare network, you are running NetWare 4.11 and you cannot communicate with your router. What is the likely problem?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. NetWare 4.11 defaults to 802.2 encapsulation.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. NetWare 4.11 defaults to 802.3 encapsulation&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Cisco routers only work with NetWare 3.11.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. NetWare 3.11 defaults to 802.2 encapsulation.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The default encapsulation on Cisco routers is Novell Ethernet_802.3 and NetWare 3.12 and later defaults to 802.2 encapsulation, 3.11 and earlier defaults to 802.3.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;19 NetWare IPX addressing uses a network number and a node number. Which statements are true?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. The network address is administratively assigned and can be up to 16 hexadecimal digits long.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. The node address is always administratively assigned.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. The node address is usually the MAC address.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. If the MAC address is used as the node address, then IPX eliminates the use of ARP.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A, C &amp;amp;D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The network address can be up to 16 hexadecimal digits in length. The node number is 12 hexadecimal digits. The node address is usually the MAC address. An example IPX address is 4a1d.0000.0c56.de33. The network part is 4a1d. The node part is 0000.0c56.de33. The network number is assigned by the system administrator of the Novell network.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;20 Which NetWare protocol works on layer 3--network layer—of the OSI model?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. IPX&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. NCP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. SPX&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. NetBIOS&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IPX (Internetwork Packet Exchange) is a NetWare network layer 3 protocol used for transferring information on LANs.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;21 Which NetWare protocol provides link-state routing?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;A. NLSP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;B. RIP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;C. SAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;D. NCP &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;NetWare Link Services Protocol (NLSP) provides link-state routing. SAP (Service Advertisement Protocol) advertises network services. NCP (NetWare Core Protocol) provides client-to-server connections and applications. RIP is a distance vector routing protocol.&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;22 As a system administrator, you want to debug igrp but are worried that the "debug IP igrp transaction" command will flood the console. What is the command that you should use?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;A. debug IP igrp event&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;B. debug IP igrp-events&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;C. debug IP igrp summary&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;D. debug IP igrp events &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The "debug IP igrp events" is used to only display a summary of IGRP routing information. You can append an IP address onto either command to see only the IGRP updates from a neighbor.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;23 What does the following series of commands accomplish? router igrp 71 network 10.0.0.0 router igrp 109 network 172.68.7.0&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. It isolates networks 10.0.0.0 and 172.68.7.0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. It loads igrp for networks 109 and 71.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. It disables RIP.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. It disables all routing protocols. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;It isolates network 10.0.0.0 and 172.68.7.0 and associates autonomous systems 109 and 71 with IGRP. IGRP does not disable RIP, both can be used at the same time.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;24 In the command "router igrp 109" what does 109 signify?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. an autonomous system&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. any network number which the router is attached to&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. the allowable length of the routing table&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. the network socket number &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The Cisco IOS global configuration command "router igrp xxx" is used to configure the Interior Gateway Routing Protocol. In this case, the 109 is called the process-id , which can also be used for an autonomous system number.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;25 IGRP supports a feature that allows traffic to be distributed among up to 6 (4 default) paths to provide greater overall throughput and reliability. What is this called?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. unequal-cost load balancing&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. equal-cost load balancing&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. proportionate load balancing&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. low cost load balancing &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;An unequal-cost load balancing is used to provide alternate paths for data distribution on an internetwork. Cisco developed this method to use unused or under utilized links to increase bandwidth and network availability.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;26 IGRP uses flash updates, poison reverse updates, holddown times, and split horizon. How often does it broadcast its routing table updates?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;A. 90 seconds&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;B. 10 seconds&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;C. 30 seconds&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;D. 45 seconds &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;27 The command "show IP protocol" displays which information?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. routing timers&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. network information&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. contents of the IP routing table&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. information about all known network and subnetworks &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A &amp;amp; B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;"show IP protocol" displays routing timers and network information. "show IP route" displays the routing table with information about all known networks and subnetworks.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;28 When using RIP, routing updates are broadcast every ____ seconds.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. 30&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. 10&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. 60&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. 90 &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Novell's RIP updates routing tables every 60 seconds, Apple's RTMP is every 10 seconds, routers ARP every 60 seconds, DECnet hosts and IGRP signal every 15 seconds, and Banyan VINES signals every 90 seconds.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;29 An autonomous system can only exist if all routers in that system meet which criteria?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. interconnected&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. run the same routing protocol&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. assigned same autonomous system number&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. run IGRP only&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;E. run RIP only &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A,B &amp;amp;C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;An autonomous system is a set of routers and networks under the same administration. Each router must be interconnected, run the same routing protocol, and assigned the same autonomous system number. The network Information Center (NIC) assigns a unique autonomous system number to enterprises.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;30 A default route is analogous to a _________.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. default gateway&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. static route&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. dynamic route&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. one-way route &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A default route is analogous to a default gateway. It is used to reduce the length of routing tables and to provide complete routing capabilities when a router might not know the routes to all other networks. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;31 Routers can learn about destinations through static routes, default, or dynamic routing. By default, a router will use information derived from __________.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. IGRP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. RIP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. IP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. TCP &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The quality of information is rated:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;Connected interface 0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;Static route 1&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;IGRP 100&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;RIP 120&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;Unknown 255 &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The lower the value, the more reliable the source with 255 signifying information that the router will ignore. So, the router will use IGRP, rated at 100, before RIP, rated at 120.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;32 You are logged into a router, what command would show you the IP addresses of routers connected to you?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. show cdp neighbors detail&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. show run&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. show neighbors&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. show cdp &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;33 As a system administrator, you perform an extended ping at the privileged EXEC prompt. As part of the display, you see "Set DF bit in IP header? [yes] :" What would happen if you answered no at the prompt.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. This lets the router fragment the packet.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. It tells the router not to fragment the packet.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. This lets the router direct the packet to the destination it finds in its routing table.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. It tell the router to send the packet to the next hop router &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;"Set DF bit in IP header?" is a response to an extended ping at the router. If you answer yes (the default) the router will not fragment the packet. If you answer no, the router will fragment the packet.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;34 You have typed "ping" 172.16.101.1 and get the following display: Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echoes to 172.16.101.1, timeout is 2 seconds:&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What does the "." signify?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. That one message timed out.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. That all messages were successful.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. That one message was successful.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. That one message completed in under the allotted timeframe. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The possible responses from the ping command are: ! Successful receipt of an echo reply. Timed out waiting for a reply U Destination unreachable C Congestion-experienced packet I Ping interrupted ? Packet type unknown &amp;amp; Packet TTL exceeded &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;35 Which command, that is used to test address configuration, uses Time-To-Live (TTL) values to generate messages from each router.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. trace&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. ping&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. telnet&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. bootp &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The Cisco IOS EXEC command "trace [protocol] [destination]" is used to discover routes that packets will travel to their destination hosts. Trace uses TTL (Time to Live) values to report destination route information.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;36 What does the command "IP name-server 255.255.255.255" accomplish?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. It sets the domain name lookup to be a local broadcast.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. This is an illegal command.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. It disables domain name lookup.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;D. The command is now defunct and has been replaced by "IP server-name ip any" &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;By default DNS is enabled on a router with a server address of 255.255.255.255, which provides for a local broadcast.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;37 As a system administrator, you need to provide your routers with a Domain Name System (DNS) server. How many DNS servers can you specify with one command?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. 6&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. 1&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. 2&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. 4 &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;You can only specify six name servers in one command. The syntax is "IP name-server server-address1 [[ server-address2 ]...server-address6]. You must also enable DNS.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;38 How would you configure one host name that points to two IP addresses?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. IP host jacob 1.0.0.5 2.0.0.8&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. IP jacob 1.0.0.5 2.0.0.8&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. IP host jacob 1.0.0.5&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. IP host duplicate "all" &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The correct syntax is IP host name [ TCP-port-number ] address [ address ]..... So, "IP host P1R1 1.0.0.5 2.0.0.8" is the correct choice. "IP host jacob 1.0.0.5" only points the host name jacob to one IP address--1.0.0.5.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;39 The following selections show the command prompt and the configuration of the IP network mask. Which two are correct?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. Router#term IP netmask-format { bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal }&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. Router(config-if)#IP netmask-format { bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal }&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. Router(config-if)#netmask-format { bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal }&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. Router#ip netmask-format { bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal } &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A &amp;amp; B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Router#term IP netmask-format { bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal } and Router(config-if)#IP netmask-format { bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal } are correct. You can configure the mask for the current session and you can configure it for a specific line.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;40 When configuring the subnet mask for an IP address, which formats can be used?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;A. dotted-decimal.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;B. Hexadecimal&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;C. Bit-count&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;D. Octal&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;E. Binary &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A, B &amp;amp;C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;41 You are given the following address: 153.50.6.27/25. Determine the subnet mask, address class, subnet address, and broadcast address.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 255.255.255.128, B,153.50.6.0, 153.50.6.127&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 255.255.255.128, C,153.50.6.0, 153.50.6.127&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 255.255.255.128, C,153.50.6.127, 153.50.6.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 255.255.255.224, C,153.50.6.0, 153.50.6.127&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;42 You are given the following address: 128.16.32.13/30. Determine the subnet mask, address class, subnet address, and broadcast address.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 255.255.255.252, B,128.16.32.12, 128.16.32.15&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 255.255.255.252, C,128.16.32.12, 128.16.32.15&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 255.255.255.252, B,128.16.32.15, 128.16.32.12&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 255.255.255.248, B,128.16.32.12, 128.16.32.15&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;43 You are given the following address: 15.16.193.6/21. Determine the subnet mask, address class, subnet address, and broadcast address.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 255.255.248.0, A, 15.16.192.0, 15.16.199.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 255.255.248.0, B, 15.16.192.0, 15.16.199.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 255.255.248.0, A, 15.16.199.255, 14.15.192.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 255.255.242.0, A, 15.16.192.0, 15.16.199.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;44 You have an IP host address of 201.222.5.121 and a subnet mask of 255.255.255.248. What is the broadcast address?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 201.222.5.127&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 201.222.5.120&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 201.222.5.121&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 201.222.5.122&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The easiest way to calculate this is to subtract 255.255.255.248 (subnet mask) from 255.255.255.255, this&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;equals 7. Convert the address 201.222.5.121 to binary--11001001 11011110 00000101 01111001. Convert the&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;mask 255.255.255.248 to binary--11111111 11111111 11111111&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;11111000. AND them together to get: 11001001 11011110&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;00000101 01111000 or 201.222.5.120. 201.222.5.120 is the subnet address, add 7 to this address for 201.222.5.127 or&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;the broadcast address. 201.222.5.121 through 201.222.5.126 are the valid host addresses.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;45 Given the address 172.16.2.120 and the subnet mask of 255.255.255.0. How many hosts are available?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 254&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 510&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 126&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 16,372&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;172.16.2 120 is a standard Class B address with a subnet mask that allows 254 hosts. You are a network administrator and have been assigned the IP address of 201.222.5.0. You need to have 20 subnets with 5 hosts per subnet. The subnet mask is 255.255.255.248.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;46 Which addresses are valid host addresses?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 201.222.5.17&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 201.222.5.18&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 201.222.5.16&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 201.222.5.19&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. 201.222.5.31&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A,B &amp;amp; D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Subnet addresses in this situation are all in multiples of 8. In this example, 201.222.5.16 is the subnet, 201.22.5.31 is the broadcast address. The rest are valid host IDs on subnet 201.222.5.16.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;47 You are a network administrator and have been assigned the IP address of &lt;/span&gt;201.222.5.0. You need to have 20 subnets with&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;5 hosts per subnet. What subnet mask will you use?&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 255.255.255.248&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 255.255.255.128&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 255.255.255.192&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 255.255.255.240&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;By borrowing 5 bits from the last octet, you can. have 30 subnets. If you borrowed only 4 bits you could only have 14 subnets. The formula is (2 to the power of n)-2. By borrowing 4 bits, you have (2x2x2x2)-2=14. By borrowing 5 bits, you have (2x2x2x2x2)-2=30. To get 20 subnets, you would need to borrow 5 bits so the subnet mask would be 255.255.255.248.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;48 You are given the IP address of 172.16.2.160 with a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0. What is the network address in binary?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 10101100 00010000&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 00000010 10100000&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 10101100 00000000&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 11100000 11110000&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;To find the network address, convert the IP address to binary--10101100 000100000 00000010 10100000--then ANDed it with the subnet mask--11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000. The rest is 10101100 00010000 00000000 00000000, which is 172.16.0.0 in decimal.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The first octet rule states that the class of an address can be determined by the numerical value of the first octet.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;49 Which addresses are INCORRECTLY paired with their class?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 128 to 191, Class B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 192 to 223 Class B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 128 to 191, Class C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 192 to 223, Class C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B &amp;amp; C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Address classes are: 1 to 126, Class A; 128 to 191, Class B, 192 to 223, Class C; 224 to 239, Class D; and 240 to 255, Class E. The first octet rule states that the class of an address can be determined by the numerical value of the first octet.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;50 Which addresses are INCORRECTLY paired with their class?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 1 to 126, Class A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 128 to 191, Class A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 1 to 126, Class B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 128 to 191, Class B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans:B &amp;amp; C.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Address classes are: 1 to 126, Class A; 128 to 191, Class B, 192 to 223, Class C; 224 to 239, Class D; and 240 to 255, Class E. The first octet rule states that the class of an address can be determined by the numerical value of the first octet.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;51 Which addresses are INCORRECTLY paired with their class?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 240 - 255, Class D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 240 - 255, Class E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 224 - 239, Class D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 224 - 239, Class E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A &amp;amp; D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Address classes are: 1 to 126, Class A; 128 to 191, Class B, 192 to 223, Class C; 224 to 239, Class D; and 240 to 255, Class E.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;52 Which IP Address Class is INCORRECTLY paired with its range of network numbers?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Class A addresses include 192.0.0.0 through 223.255.255.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Class A addresses include 1.0.0.0 through 126.0.0.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Class B addresses include 128.0.0.0 through 191.255.0.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Class C addresses include 192.0.0.0 through 223.255.255.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. Class D addresses include 224.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Class A addresses include 1.0.0.0 through 126.0.0.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Class B addresses include 128.0.0.0 through 191.255.0.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Class C addresses include 192.0.0.0 through 223.255.255.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Class D addresses include 224.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;53 Which IP Address Class can have 16 million subnets but support 254 hosts?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Class C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Class A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Class B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Class D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Possible Subnets IP Address Class Possible Hosts&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;254 A 16M.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;64K B 64K&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;16M C 254&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;54 Which IP Address Class can have 64,000 subnets with 64,000 hosts per subnet?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Class B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Class A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Class C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Class D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP Address Class Possible Subnets Possible Hosts&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;254 A 16M&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;64K B 64K&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;16M C 254&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;55 There are two processes to pair MAC address with IP addresses. Which process finds an IP address from a MAC address?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. RARP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. ARP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. RIP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. IGRP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) maps an IP address to the MAC address, RARP (Reverse Address Resolution Protocol) maps the MAC address to the IP address. ARP and RARP work at the internet layer of the Internet Model or the network layer of the OSI model.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;56 When the router runs out of buffer space, this is called ________.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Source Quench&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Redirect&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Information Request&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Low Memory&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Source quench is the process where the destination router, or end internetworking device will "quench" the date from the "source", or the source router. This usually happens when the destination router runs out of buffer space to process packets.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;57 Which protocol carries messages such as destination Unreachable, Time Exceeded, Parameter Problem, Source Quench, Redirect, Echo, Echo Reply, Timestamp, Information Request, Information Reply, Address Request, and Address Reply?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. ICMP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. UDP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. TCP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. TFTP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. FTP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ICMP (Internet Control Message Protocol) is a network layer internet protocol described in RFC # 792. ICMP reports IP packet information such as destination Unreachable, Time Exceeded, Parameter Problem, Source Quench, Redirect, Echo, Echo Reply, Timestamp, Information Request, Information Reply, Address Request, and Address Reply.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;58 Two of the protocols that can be carried in the Protocol field of an IP packet are?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. TCP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. UDP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. FTP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. TFTP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A &amp;amp; B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The following are the fields in an IP segment, their length, and their definitions:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;VERS (Version number - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;HLEN (Number of 32-bit words in the header - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Type of Server (How the datagram should be handled - 32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Total Length (Total length of header and data - 32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Identification (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Flags (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Frag Offset (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 6 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;TTL (Time-To-Live - 6 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Protocol (Upperlayer protocol sending the datagram - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Header Checksum )Integrity check on the header - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Source IP Address (32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Destination IP Address (32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP Options (network testing, debugging, security and others - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Data (4 bits).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;59 Where would network testing be included in an IP packet?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. IP Options field&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Identification field&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Type of Service field&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Reservation field&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The following are the fields in an IP segment, their length, and their definitions:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;VERS (Version number - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;HLEN (Number of 32-bit words in the header - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Type of Server (How the datagram should be handled - 32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Total Length (Total length of header and data - 32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Identification (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Flags (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet – 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Frag Offset (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 6 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;TTL (Time-To-Live - 6 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Protocol (Upperlayer protocol sending the datagram - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Header Checksum )Integrity check on the header - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Source IP Address (32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Destination IP Address (32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP Options (network testing, debugging, security and others - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Data (4 bits).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;60 What field tells the Internet layer how to handle an IP packet?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Type of Service&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Identification&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Flags&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Frag Offset&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The following are the fields in an IP segment, their length, and their definitions:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;VERS (Version number - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;HLEN (Number of 32-bit words in the header - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Type of Server (How the datagram should be handled - 32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Total Length (Total length of header and data - 32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Identification (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Flags (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Frag Offset (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 6 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;TTL (Time-To-Live - 6 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Protocol (Upperlayer protocol sending the datagram - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Header Checksum )Integrity check on the header - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Source IP Address (32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Destination IP Address (32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP Options (network testing, debugging, security and others - 4 bits) Data (4 bits).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;61 Which fields of an IP packet provide for fragmentation of datagrams to allow differing MTUs in the internet?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Identification&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Flags&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Frag Offset&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Type of Service&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. Total Length&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A, B &amp;amp; C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The following are the fields in an IP segment, their length, and their definitions:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;VERS (Version number - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;HLEN (Number of 32-bit words in the header - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Type of Server (How the datagram should be handled - 32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Total Length (Total length of header and data - 32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Identification (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Flags (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Frag Offset (Provide fragmentation of datagrams to allow different MTUs in the internet - 6 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;TTL (Time-To-Live - 6 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Protocol (Upperlayer protocol sending the datagram - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Header Checksum )Integrity check on the header - 16 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Source IP Address (32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Destination IP Address (32 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP Options (network testing, debugging, security and others - 4 bits)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Data (4 bits).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;62 Which processes does TCP, but not UDP, use?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Windowing&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Acknowledgements&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:placename st="on"&gt;Source&lt;/st1:placename&gt; &lt;st1:placetype st="on"&gt;Port&lt;/st1:placetype&gt;&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:placename st="on"&gt;Destination&lt;/st1:placename&gt; &lt;st1:placetype st="on"&gt;Port&lt;/st1:placetype&gt;&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A &amp;amp; B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;UDP (User Datagram Protocol) does not use sequence or acknowledgement fields in transmission.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;UDP is a connectionless and unreliable protocol, since there is no delivery checking mechanism in the UDP data format.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;63 What is the UDP datagram format?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Source Port - 16 bits, Destination Port - 16 bits, Length - 16 Bits, Checksum - 16 bits, Data&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Destination Port - 16 bits, Source Port - 16 bits, Length - 16 Bits, Checksum - 16 bits, Data&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Source Port - 16 bits, Destination Port - 16 bits, Checksum - 16 Bits, Length - 16 bits, Data&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Source Port - 8 bits, Destination Port - 8 bits, Length -8 Bits, Checksum - 8 bits, Data&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The UDP format for a segment is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:placename st="on"&gt;Source&lt;/st1:placename&gt; &lt;st1:placetype st="on"&gt;Port&lt;/st1:placetype&gt;&lt;/st1:place&gt; 16 bits&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:placename st="on"&gt;Destination&lt;/st1:placename&gt; &lt;st1:placetype st="on"&gt;Port&lt;/st1:placetype&gt;&lt;/st1:place&gt; 16 bits&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Length 16 bits&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Checksum 16 bits&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Data xx bits&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;64 What is the function of DDR on Cisco routers?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. DDR is dial--on-demand routing. It provides a continuous LAN only connection.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. DDR is dial-on-demand routing. It provides routing for high volume traffic.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. DDR is dial--on-demand routing. It provides a continuous WAN connection.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. DDR is dial-on-demand routing. It provides routing for low volume and periodic traffic.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Answer: D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;DDR is dial-on-demand routing. It provides routing for low volume and periodic traffic. It initiates a call to a remote site when there is traffic to transmit.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;65 What are the two types of access lists that can be configured on a Cisco router?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Standard&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Extended&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Filtering&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Packet&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A &amp;amp; B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The access lists are standard and extended. Standard access lists for IP check the source address of packets that could be routed. Extended access lists can check the source and destination packet plus check for specific protocols, port numbers, etc.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;66 When using access lists, what does a Cisco router check first?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. To see if the packet is routable or bridgeable&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. The destination address&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. The source address&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. The packet contents&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The first thing checked is to see if the packet is routable or bridgeable. If it is not, the packet will be dropped.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;67 How many access lists are allowed per interface?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. One per port, per protocol&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Two per port, per protocol&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Unlimited&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Router interface +1 per port.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Only one access list is allowed per interface. An access list must have conditions that test true for all packets that use the access list.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;68 What do the following commands accomplish?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;access-list 1 deny 172.16.4.0 0.0.0.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;access-list 1 permit any interface ethernet 0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP access-group 1 out&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. This will block traffic from subnet 172.16.4.0 and allow all other traffic.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. This will allow traffic from subnet 172.16.4.0 and block all other traffic.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. All traffic is allowed.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. All traffic is blocked.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;This will block traffic from subnet 172.16.4.0 and allow all other traffic. The first statement "access-list 1 deny 172.16.4.0 0.0.0.255" will deny access to the subnet 172.16.4.0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;69 What do the following statements in an extended access list accomplish?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;access-list 101 deny TCP 172.16.4.0 0.0.0.255 172.16.3.0 0.0.0.255 eq 21&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;access-list 101 deny TCP 172.16.4.0 0.0.0.255 172.16.3.0 0.0.0.255 eq 20&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;access-list 101 permit TCP 172.16.4.0 0.0.0.255 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. This will block ftp traffic.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. This will block http traffic.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. This will permit ftp traffic.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. This will permit tftp traffic.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;This will block ftp traffic since ftp uses ports 20 and 21.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;70 Access lists are numbered. Which of the following ranges could be used for an IP access list?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 600 - 699&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 100 - 199&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 1 - 99&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 800 - 899&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. 1000 - 1099&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Answer: B &amp;amp; C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;AppleTalk access lists use numbers in the 600 - 699 range. IP uses 1 - 99 for standard access lists or 100-199 for extended access lists. IPX uses 800 - 899 or 900 - 999 for extended access lists. IPX SAP filters use 1000 - 1099. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;71 Cisco routers use wildcard masking to identify how to check or ignore corresponding IP address bits. What does setting a wildcard mask bit to 0 cause the router to do?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. It tells the router to check the corresponding bit value.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. It tells the router to ignore the corresponding bit value.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. It tells the router to check its alternate routing list.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. It tells the router to use its primary routing list.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;It tells the router to check the corresponding bit value.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;72 You are a system administrator and you want to deny access to a group of computers with addresses 172.30.16.0 to 172.30.31.0. Which wildcard mask would you use?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. 0.0.15.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. 0.0.255.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. 0.0.31.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. 0.0.127.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. 0.0.255.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;0.0.15.255 will check the last 13 bits of an address so that computers 172.30.16.0 to 172.30.31.0 will be denied access. 0.0.31.255 would check the last 6 binary digits and deny access to addresses 172.30.32.0 to 172.30.63.0. 0.0.127.255 would check the last 7 binary digits and deny access to addresses 172.30.64.0 to 172.30.127.0. 0.0.255.255 would deny 172.30.0.0 to 172.30.254.0. If you write decimal 15 in binary, you have 0001111, the 1's tell the router to ignore address with these bits set; 0's tell the router to check the bits. The third octet for 172.30.16.0 is 00010000. The third octet for 172.30.31.0 would be 00011111. So, traffic from these addresses would be denied.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;73 In order to limit the quantity of numbers that a system administrator has to enter, Cisco can use which abbreviation to indicate 0.0.0.0?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. host&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. any&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. all&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. include&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Cisco uses host to specify 0.0.0.0. This tells the router to check all. Cisco uses any to specify 255.255.255.255. This tells the router to ignore all and permit any address to use an access list test.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;74 What do the following commands accomplish?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;access-list 1 permit 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;interface ethernet 0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP access-group 1 out&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;interface ethernet 1&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP access-group 1 out&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Only traffic from the source network 172.16.0.0 will be blocked.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Only traffic from the source network 172.16.0.0 will be forwarded. Non-172.16.0.0 network traffic is blocked.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Non-172.16.0.0 traffic will be forwarded.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. All traffic will be forwarded.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Only traffic from the source network 172.16.0.0 will be forwarded. Non-172.16.0.0 network traffic is blocked. The wildcard mask 0.0.255.255 tells the router to check the first 2 octets and to ignore the last 2 octets.&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;75 When using access lists, it is important where those access lists are placed. Which statement best describes access list placement?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Put standard access lists as near the destination as possible. Put extended access lists as close to the source as possible.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Put extended access lists as near the destination as possible. Put standard access lists as close to the source as possible.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. It isn't import where access lists are placed since the router will read and cache the whole list.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Put access lists as close to corporate headquarters as possible.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Put standard access lists as near the destination as possible. Put extended access lists as close to the source as possible. Standard access lists don't specify the destination address.&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;76 As the system administrator, you enter the following commands at the command prompt:&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ipx routing&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;access-list 800 permit 2b 4d&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;int e0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ipx network 4d&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ipx access-group 800 out&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;int e1&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ipx network 2b&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;int e2&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ipx network 3c&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;77.What did these command accomplish?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Traffic from network 4c destined for network 4d will be forwarded out Ethernet0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Traffic from network 3c destined for network 4d will be forwarded out Ethernet0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Traffic from network 2b destined for network 4d will be forwarded out Ethernet0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Traffic from network 4d destined for network 2d will be forwarded out Ethernet0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Traffic from network 2b destined for network 4d will be forwarded out Ethernet0. The other interfaces E1 and E2 are not subject to the access list since they lack the access group statement to link them to access list 800.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;78 The following commands were entered at the command prompt of a Cisco router. What do they accomplish?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;access-list 1000 deny 9e.1234.5678.1212 4&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;access-list 1000 permit -1&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;interface ethernet 0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ipx network 9e&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;interface ethernet 1&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ipx network 4a&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;interface serial 0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ipx network 1&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ipx output-sap-filter 1000&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. File server advertisements from server 9e.1234.5678.1212 will not be forwarded on interface S0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. All other SAP services, other than file server, from any source will be forwarded on S0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. All other SAP services, other than print server, from any source will be forwarded on S0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Print server advertisements from server 9e.1234.5678.1212 will not be forwarded on interface S0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A &amp;amp; B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;File server advertisements from server 9e.1234.5678.1212 will not be forwarded on interface S0. All other SAP services, other than file server, from any source will be forwarded on S0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;79 You receive "input filter list is 800 and output filter list is 801" as part of the output from a show interfaces command. What kind of traffic are you filtering?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. IPX/SPX&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. TCP/IP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. LocalTalk&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. DDR&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Because the access list is numbered in the 800 range, you are filtering IPX/SPX traffic.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;80 Which service uses telephone control messages and signals between the transfer points along the way to the called destination?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Signaling System 7 (SS7)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Time-division Multiplexing (TDM)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. X.25&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Frame relay&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Signaling System 7 (SS7) uses telephone control messages and signals between the transfer points along the way to the called destination. Time-division Multiplexing (TDM) has information from multiple sources and allocates bandwidth on a single media. Circuit switching uses signaling to determine the call route, which is a dedicated path between the sender and the receiver. Basic telephone service and Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) use TDM circuits. X.25 and Frame Relay services have information contained in packets or frames to share non-dedicated bandwidth. X.25 avoids delays for call setup. Frame Relay uses permanent virtual circuits (PVCs). &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;81 Which service takes information from multiple sources and allocates bandwidth on a single media?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Time-division Multiplexing (TDM)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Signaling System 7 (SS7)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. X.25&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Frame relay&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;82 Which three devices can be used to convert the user data from the DTE into a form acceptable to the WAN service's facility?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Modem&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. CSU/DSU&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. TA/NT1&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. CO&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;E. SS7&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A, B &amp;amp; C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A modem, CSU/DSU (Channel Service Unit/Data Service Unit), or TA/NT1 (Terminal Adapter/Network Termination 1) can be used to convert the user data from the DTE into a form acceptable to the WAN service's facility.&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;83 What is the juncture at which the CPE ends and the local loop portion of the service begins?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Demarc&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. CO&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Local loop&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Last-mile&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The demarcation or demarc is the juncture at which the CPE ends and the local loop portion of the service begins. The CO (Central Office) is the nearest point of presence for the provider's WAN service. The local loop or "last-mile" is the cabling that extends from the demarc into the WAN service provider's central office.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;84 You can access three forms of WAN services with Cisco routers. Select the three forms:&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Switched or relayed services&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Interface front end to IBM enterprise data center computers&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Using protocols that connect peer-to-peer devices like HDLC or PPP encapsulation.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. IPX/SPX&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. NetBEUI&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A, B &amp;amp; C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;You can access three forms of WAN services with Cisco routers. Switched or relayed services include X.25, Frame Relay, and ISDN. An interface front end to IBM enterprise data center computers includes SDLC. And, you can access the services of WAN providers using protocols that connect peer devices such as HDLC and PPP encapsulation. IPX/SPX and NetBEUI are LAN protocols.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;85 Select the fields for the Cisco HDLC protocol:&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Flag, Address, Control&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Flag, Address, Control, Protocol, LCP (Code, Identifier, Length, Data), FCS, Flag&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Flag, Address, Control, Data, FCS, Flag&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Flag, Address, Control, Proprietary, Data, FCS, Flag&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The Cisco HDLC frame format is Flag, Address, Control Proprietary, Data, FCS, Flag. The PPP frame format is Flag, Address, Control, Protocol, LCP (Code, Identifier, Length, Data), FCS, Flag. The SDLC and LAPB format is Flag, Address, Control, Data, FCS, Flag.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;85: Select the physical interfaces that PPP can be configured on a Cisco router:&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Asynchronous serial&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. HSSI&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. ISDN&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Synchronous serial&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A, B, C &amp;amp; D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;All four of them can carry PPP traffic. HSSI is High Speed Serial Interface.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;86 Select the correct statements about PPP and SLIP for WAN communications?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. PPP uses its Network Control Programs (NCPs) component to encapsulate multiple protocols.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. PPP can only transport TCP/IP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. SLIP can only transport TCP/IP.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. SLIP uses its Network Control Programs (NCPs) component to encapsulate multiple protocols.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A &amp;amp; C&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;87a Which protocol for PPP LCP (Link Control Protocol) performs a challenge handshake?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. CHAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. PAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. UDP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. IPX&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;87b Which form of PPP error detection on Cisco routers monitors data dropped on a link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Quality&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Magic Number&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Error Monitor&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Droplink&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The Quality protocol monitors data dropped on a link. Magic Number avoids frame looping.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;88 Which protocol for PPP provides load balancing across multiple links?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Multilink Protocol (MP)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Quality&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Magic Number&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Stacker&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. Predictor&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;89 As the system administrator, you type "ppp authentication chap pap secret". Which authentication method is used first in setting up a session?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. secret&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. PAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. CHAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. PPP/SLIP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;90 Select the compression protocols for PPP?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Stac&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Predictor&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Quality&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Magic Number&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans: A &amp;amp; B &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;91 What are the three phases of PPP session establishment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A. Link establishment phase&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B. Authentication phase&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C. Network layer protocol phase&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D. Handshake phase&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E. Dial-in phase&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A, B &amp;amp; C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;92 What is the default IPX Ethernet encapsulation?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) SNAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Arpa&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) 802.2&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Novell-Ether&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) SAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;93 What must be true for two Routers running IGRP to communicate their routes?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Same autonomous system number&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Connected using Ethernet only&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Use composite metric&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D)Configured for PPP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;94 The following is partial output from a routing table, identify the 2 numbers in the square brackets; '192.168.10.0 [100/1300] via 10.1.0.1, 00:00:23, Ethernet1'&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) 100 = metric, 1300 = administrative distance&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) 100 = administrative distance, 1300 = hop count&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) 100 = administrative distance, 1300 = metric&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) 100 = hop count, 1300 = metric&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;95 Identify 3 methods used to prevent routing loops?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Split horizon&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Holddown timers&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Poison reverse&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) SPF algorithm&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) LSP's&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A B C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;96 Which statement is true regarding full duplex?&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Allows for transmission and receiving of data simultaneously&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Only works in a multipoint configuration&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Does not affect the bandwidth&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Allows for transmission and receiving of data but not a the same time&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Full duplex is just the opposite of half duplex. It handles traffic in both directions simultaneously.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;97 Identify the switching method that receives the entire frame then dispatches it?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Cut-through&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Receive and forward&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Store and forward&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Fast forward&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Store and forward switching receives the entire frame before dispatching it.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;98 Identify the purpose of ICMP?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Avoiding routing loops&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Send error and control messages&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Transporting routing updates&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Collision detection&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ICMP is used to send error and control messages. &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;Ping&lt;/st1:place&gt; uses ICMP to carry the echo-request and echo-reply.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;99 Which statement is true regarding the user exec and privileged exec mode?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) The '?' only works in Privileged exec&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) They are identical&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) They both require the enable password&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) User exec is a subset of the privileged exec&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The user exec mode is a subset of the privileged exec mode. Only a certain number of commands are available at the user exec mode.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;100 Which OSI layer end to end communication, segmentation and re-assembly?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Network&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Transport&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Physical&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Application&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Data-Link&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;F.) Presentation&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Layer 4 the Transport layer performs this function.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;101 What IP command would you use to test the entire IP stack?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Stack-test&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Arp&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Telnet&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;Ping&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Trace&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Because Telnet is an application and it resides at the top of the stack it traverses down the stack and up the stack at the receiving end.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;102 Identify the 2 hardware components used to manage and/or configure a router?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Auxiliary port&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) ROM port&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Management port&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Console port&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The 2 hardware ports used to configure the router are the console and auxiliary ports.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;103 What is the default bandwidth of a serial connection?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) 1200 baud&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) 1.544 Mbps (T1)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) 10 Mbps&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) 96Kpbs&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The default bandwidth is T1.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;104 Identify 2 functions of IPX access-lists?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Control SAP traffic&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Limit number of Novell servers on a network&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Limit number of workstations on a network&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Block IPX traffic&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IPX access lists are used to restrict IPX traffic and SAP broadcasts.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;105 Identify 2 HDLC characteristics?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Default serial encapsulation&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Open standard&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Supports Stacker compression&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Supports point-to-point and multipoint&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;HDLC is the default serial encapsulation and supports point-to-point and multipoint. It is not an open standard and does not support compression.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;106 Identify 3 IP applications?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) AURP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) ARP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Telnet&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) SMTP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) DNS&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;F.) RARP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C D E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ARP and AURP are not part the application layer of the TCP/IP stack. SMTP - Simple Mail Transfer Protocol, Telnet, DNS - Domain Name Services (name to IP resolution).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;107 Identify 3 LAN technologies?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) FDDI&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) HDLC&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) HSSI&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) X.25&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) 802.3&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;F.) 802.5&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A E F&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The question is asking for 3 LAN technologies, HDLC, HSSI and X.25 are all WAN technologies.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;108 Identify the 4 that are not LAN technologies?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) HDLC&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) FDDI&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) 802.5&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) HSSI&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) SDLC&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;F.) Frame Relay&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A D E F&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;802.5 and FDDI are LAN technologies&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;109 Which OSI layer supports the communication component of an application?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Data-Link&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Physical&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Session&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Presentation&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Application&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;F.) Transport&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Layer 7 the Application layer performs this function.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;110 Identify the length of an IPX address and it's components?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) 80 bits, 48 bits network and 32 bits node&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) 32 bits, 16 bits network and 16 bits node&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) None of the above&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) 80 bits, 32 bits network and 48 bits node&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IPX address has 2 components; network and node. The network address is 32 bits and the node is 48 bits, total of 80 bits.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;111 Identify the administrative distance and appropriate routing protocol?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) RIP = 255, IGRP = 100&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) RIP = 100, IGRP = 120&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) RIP = 1, IGRP = 0&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) RIP = 120, IGRP = 100&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The administrative distance for RIP is 120 and IGRP is 100. The lower the AD the better the routing information.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;112 Which OSI layer incorporates the MAC address and the LLC?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Data link&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Network&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Physcial&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Transport&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans): A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Layer 2 the Data-Link layer incorporates the MAC and LLC sublayers&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;113 If configuring a Cisco router to connect to a non-Cisco router across a Frame Relay network, which encapsulation type would you select?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Q933a&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) ISDN&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) IETF&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) CISCO&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) ANSI&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;There are two types of Frame Relay encapsulations; Cisco and IETF. IETF is required when connecting a Cisco to a non-Cisco router.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;114 Identify the 2 items that TCP and UDP share in common?&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Both use port numbers to identify upper level applications&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Operate at the Network layer&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Both are Transport protocols&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Both are reliable communications&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;TCP and UPD are both layer 4 Transport protocols and both use port number to identify upper level applications.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;115 Identify 3 characteristics of IP RIP?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Distance vector&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Administrative distance is 120&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Periodic updates every 60 seconds&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Uses a composite metric&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Can load balance&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A B E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP RIP is a distance vector protocol, it can load balance up to 4 equal cost paths and it's rating of trustworthiness is 120.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;116 Which of the following is a layer 2 device?&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Switch&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Router&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Repeater&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Hub&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A Hub and Repeater are layer 1 devices. A Router is a layer 3 device.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;117 Identify the definition of demarcation?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Date in which the WAN service contract expires&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Cabling which extends from the WAN service provider to the customer&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Division of responsibility, where the CPE ends and the local loop begins&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Equipment which is located at the customer premises&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Demarcation is the point in which responsibility changes hands.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;118 Identify the 3 key features of the Cisco Discovery Protocol?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Off by default&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Will allow for the discovery of layer 3 addresses on neighbor routers&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Verify connectivity&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Open standard&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Does not require any layer 3 protocols to be configured&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B C E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;CDP is used for 2 basic reasons; neighbor connectivity and layer 3 discovery if configured. It is proprietary and is on by default.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;119 Identify the 3 characteristics of IPX RIP?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Distance vector&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Does not support multiple paths&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) 60 second updates&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Default encapsulation is SAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Uses ticks and hop count as a metric&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A C E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IPX RIP is a distance vector routing protocol, it does support multiple paths, the default encapsulation is 'novell-ether', it uses tick count as a primary metric and hop count as a tie breaker and it sends it’s updates every 60 seconds.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;120 Identify the access-list range for an extended IP access-list?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) 800 - 899&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) 1 - 99&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) 1000 - 1099&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) 100 - 199&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IP extended access-lists use the number range of 100-199.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;121 Identify the X.25 addressing standard?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) X.121&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) X.25a&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) ITU-1&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Q933a&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The X.25 layer 3 addressing standards is X.121.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;122 Identify 3 features of IGRP?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Composite metric&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) New horizon&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Flash updates&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) 60 periodic updates&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Poison reverse&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A C E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IGRP uses a composite metric made up of bandwidth and delay by default, it updates every 60 seconds and will trigger an update if the topology changes.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;123 Where is the backup configuration file stored?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) RAM&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) ROM&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Console&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) NVRAM&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;One location to store the backup configuration is NVRAM.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;124 Identify the correct pair of Novell Ethernet encapsulation and Cisco terminology?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Ethernet II, Snap&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Ethernet 802.3, Novell-Ether&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Ethernet SNAP, Arpa&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Ethernet 802.2, Snap&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The default IPX LAN encapsulation is Novell-Ether which is 802.3&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;125 Identify 3 characteristics regarding IP access-lists?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Can be configured as a standard access-list&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Can be run from another router running IP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Can be configured as a named access-list&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Are the same as IPX access-lists&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Can be configured as an extended access-list&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A C E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;There are 3 types of IP access-lists; standard, extended and named. Named access-lists can be either standard or extended depending on how they are configured.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;126 Identify 3 ways in which a router can be configured?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) TFTP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Nvram&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;Ping&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Console&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Trace&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A B D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Changes to the configuration can be entered via the console, a config stored in NVRAM or on a TFTP server. Trace and ping are tools to verify connectivity.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;127 A traffic light is an example of what type of mechanism?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Collision detection&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Flow control&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Sequence numbering&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Network management&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A Traffic light is an example of flow control.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;128 Windowing is a type of?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Negative acknowledgement&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Address resolution&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Layer transition mechanism&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Flow control&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Windowing allow the sender and receiver to dictate how much information that can be received prior to an acknowledgement. It is a form of flow control.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;129 Identify the 2 types of access-list filters that control SAP traffic?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Novell-ether&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Arpa&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Input-sap-filter&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Round-robin&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Output-sap-filter&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;SAP's can be blocked by 2 methods; inbound and outbound.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;130 Identify the 3 guidelines for routers in the same autonomous system?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Must be configured for IGRP or RIP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Interconnected&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Assigned the same autonomous system number&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Configured for the same routing protocol&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Must be same model of router&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B C D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Autonomous system must be interconnected, assigned the same AS # and configured with the same routing protocol.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;131 Identify the hardware component used to store buffers, tables, running-configuration etc?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) NVRAM&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) ROM&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) RAM&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Flash&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;RAM is the dynamic memory area. ROM contains the boot strap code, NVRAM contains the startup-config and Flash contains the IOS.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;132 Identify 3 UDP characteristics?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Reliable communication protocol&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Applications that use UDP must incorporate reliability&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Connection-less oriented&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Incorporates no handshaking&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B C D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;UPD is a layer 4 Transport protocol. It is connection-less because it does establish a connection therefore the 3 step handshake is not needed, it does NOT implement any flow control or acknowledgments. Any application that uses UDP must incorporate any needed reliability.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;133 Identify the IPX standard access-list number range?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) 600 - 699&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) 1000 - 1099&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) 1 - 99&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) 100 - 199&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) 800 - 899&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IPX standard access-list range is 800-899.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;134 Which OSI layer provides best effort end to end packet delivery?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Data-Link&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Presentation&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Network&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Transport&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Physical&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;F.) Application&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Layer 3 the Network layer performs this function.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;135 Identify the 2 methods to modify the routers boot sequence?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Setup program&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Boot system commands&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) RXBoot&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Config-register&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;'Boot system' command the 'config-register' are used to manipulate the boot sequence.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;136 Identify the 3 pieces of hardware you would not install to prevent broadcasts?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Switch&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Repeater&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Bridge&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Router&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A B C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Router are implemented not only to break up networks into smaller segments but they are used to block broadcasts.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;137 Identify 2 features of PPP PAP authentication?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Username and password is sent in clear text&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Authentication messages are sent periodically during the connection&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) More secure than CHAP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Remote node is control of authentication process&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;PPP PAP authentication sends the username and passwords in clear text and the remote node initiates the authentication process.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;138 Identify the switching method that examines the destination MAC address as the frame is being received then begins forwarding the frame prior to receiving the entire frame?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Fragment-free&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Store and Forward&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Cut-through&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Fast forward&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Cut through examines the destination MAC address and begins forwarding the frame prior to receiving the entire frame.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;139 Identify 1 characteristic of RARP?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) IP to MAC address translation&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Connectionless delivery of packets&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Can be used to initiate remote O/S load sequence&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Generates error and control messages&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans C&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Reverse Address Resolution Protocol is used to obtain a layer 3 address if the MAC address is known which then facilitates the loading of the O/S.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;140 Identify the protocol to test connectivity without configuring any layer 3 protocols?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) TCP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;Ping&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) IP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) CDP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Telnet&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;CDP can be used to verify connectivity prior to any layer 3 protocols being configured.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;141 LMI operates between the Frame Switch and what other device?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) CPE device&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Another Frame Switch&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) X.25 switch&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Novell File Server&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;LMI stands for local management interface. It operates between the Frame Relay switch and the customer equipment.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;142 Identify IPX SAP and it's purpose?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Sonet Access Pipe - interface to Sonet ring&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Service Advertising Protocol - advertise services&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Server Appletalk Protocol - appletalk directory services&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Service Access Point - identify upper layer protocols&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;SAP is an Novell protocol to advertise services.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;143 Identify the default values that make up IGRP's composite metric?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Bandwidth&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Load&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Reliability&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) MTU&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Delay&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;IGRP can be configured to use all 5 within it's metric. By default it uses bandwidth and delay.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;144 Identify the default serial encapsulation?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) ISDN&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) HDLC&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) SDLC&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Frame Relay&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) PPP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The default serial encapsulation is HDLC.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;145 Identify the purpose of ARP?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Avoiding routing loops&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Determining a workstation's IP address&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Sending a directed broadcast&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Determining a workstation's MAC address&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;ARP is used to find a devices MAC address given an IP address.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;146 What is the purpose of the DLCI?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Identifies the remote routers&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Contained with a 802.2 frame for routing purposes&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Used with PPP during authentication&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Identifies the PVC in a Frame Relay network&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;DLCI stands for Data Link Connection Identifier. It identifies the local PVC.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;147 Identify 3 characteristics of the Network layer (OSI layer 3)?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Connection oriented&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Path determination&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Supports multiplexing&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Manages sessions&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Packet forwarding&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B C E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;The network layer is responsible for routing which entails learning the paths, selecting the best path and forwarding the packet. Because it services multiple layer 4 protocols it multiplexes.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;148 Identify 3 characteristics of switches?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Increase available bandwidth&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Decrease broadcast traffic&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Support full duplex in a multipoint topology&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Make forwarding decision using MAC address&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Create collision domains&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans A D E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Switches operate at layer 2. They increase bandwidth by reducing the number of devices sharing the media. They isolate collisions. Like a bridge they forward traffic based upon layer 2 address/ MAC address.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;149 Which OSI layer handles physical address, network topology?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) Presentation&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Physical&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) Transport&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) Application&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;E.) Data-Link&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;F.) Network&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans E&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Layer 2 the Data-Link layer performs this function.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;150 Identify 2 reasons for disabling CDP?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;A.) If the router is not configured for RIP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;B.) Save bandwidth by eliminating overhead&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;C.) If the router is configured for Appletalk&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;D.) When connected to a non-Cisco router&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;Ans B D&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-right: -0.25in;"&gt;CDP can be disabled here are a couple of reasons. Connecting a Cisco router to a non-Cisco router. Don't want to exchange CDP information to save bandwidth.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-8991890648965885830?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/8991890648965885830/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/ccna-certification-dumps.html#comment-form' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/8991890648965885830'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/8991890648965885830'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/ccna-certification-dumps.html' title='CCNA Certification Dumps'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-7242129167271749995</id><published>2008-08-29T11:15:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.799-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Cobol Interview Questions'/><title type='text'>Cobol Interview Questions</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;1.Name the divisions in a COBOL program. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Identification Division, Environment Division, Data Division, Procedure Division.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;2.What are the different data types available in COBOL? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Alpha-numeric (X), alphabetic (A) and numeric (9).&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;3.What does the INITIALIZE verb do? – &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Alphabetic, Alphanumeric fields &amp;amp; alphanumeric edited items are set to SPACES.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Numeric, Numeric edited items set to ZERO.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;FILLER , OCCURS DEPENDING ON items left untouched.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;4.What is 77 level used for ?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Elementary level item. Cannot be subdivisions of other items (cannot be qualified), nor can they be subdivided themselves.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;5.What is 88 level used for ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;For condition names.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;6.What is level 66 used for ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;For RENAMES clause.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;7.What does the IS NUMERIC clause establish ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;IS NUMERIC can be used on alphanumeric items, signed numeric &amp;amp; packed decimal items and usigned numeric &amp;amp; packed decimal items. IS NUMERIC returns TRUE if the item only consists of 0-9. However, if the item being tested is a signed item, then it may contain 0-9, + and - .&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;8.How do you define a table/array in COBOL? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;01 ARRAYS.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;05 ARRAY1 PIC X(9) OCCURS 10 TIMES.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;05 ARRAY2 PIC X(6) OCCURS 20 TIMES INDEXED BY WS-INDEX.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;9.Can the OCCURS clause be at the 01 level? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;No.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;10.What is the difference between index and subscript? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Subscript refers to the array occurrence while index is the displacement (in no of bytes) from the beginning of the array. An index can only be modified using PERFORM, SEARCH &amp;amp; SET.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Need to have index for a table in order to use SEARCH, SEARCH ALL.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;11.What is the difference between SEARCH and SEARCH ALL? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;SEARCH - is a serial search.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;SEARCH ALL - is a binary search &amp;amp; the table must be sorted ( ASCENDING/DESCENDING KEY clause to be used &amp;amp; data loaded in this order) before using SEARCH ALL.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;12.What should be the sorting order for SEARCH ALL? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;It can be either ASCENDING or DESCENDING. ASCENDING is default. If you want the search to be done on an array sorted in descending order, then while defining the array, you should give DESCENDING KEY clause. (You must load the table in the specified order).&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;13.&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;What is binary search? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Search on a sorted array. Compare the item to be searched with the item at the center. If it matches, fine else repeat the process with the left half or the right half depending on where the item lies.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;14.&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;My program has an array defined to have 10 items. Due to a bug, I find that even if the program access the 11th item in this array, the program does not abend. What is wrong with it? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Must use compiler option SSRANGE if you want array bounds checking. Default is NOSSRANGE.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;15.How do you sort in a COBOL program? Give sort file definition, sort &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;statement syntax and meaning. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Syntax:&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;SORT file-1 ON ASCENDING/DESCENDING KEY key....&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;USING file-2&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;GIVING file-3.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;USING can be substituted by INPUT PROCEDURE IS para-1 THRU para-2&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;GIVING can be substituted by OUTPUT PROCEDURE IS para-1 THRU para-2.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;file-1 is the sort workfile and must be described using SD entry in FILE SECTION.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;file-2 is the input file for the SORT and must be described using an FD entry in FILE SECTION and SELECT clause in FILE CONTROL. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;file-3 is the outfile from the SORT and must be described using an FD entry in FILE SECTION and SELECT clause in FILE CONTROL.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;file-1, file-2 &amp;amp; file-3 should not be opened explicitly.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;INPUT PROCEDURE is executed before the sort and records must be RELEASEd to the sort work file from the input procedure.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;OUTPUT PROCEDURE is executed after all records have been sorted. Records from the sort work file must be RETURNed one at a time to the output procedure.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;16.How do you define a sort file in JCL that runs the COBOL program? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Use the SORTWK01, SORTWK02,..... dd names in the step. Number of sort datasets depends on the volume of data being sorted, but a minimum of 3 is required.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;17.What are the two ways of doing sorting in a COBOL program? Give &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;the formats. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;See question 16.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;18.Give the format of USING and GIVING in SORT statement. What &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;are the restrictions with it? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;See question 16. Restrictions - Cannot massage records, canot select records to be sorted.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;19.What is the difference between performing a SECTION and a PARAGRAPH? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Performing a SECTION will cause all the paragraphs that are part of the section, to be performed. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Performing a PARAGRAPH will cause only that paragraph to be performed.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;20.What is the use of EVALUATE statement? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Evaluate is like a case statement and can be used to replace nested Ifs. The difference between EVALUATE and case is that no 'break' is required for EVALUATE i.e. control comes out of the EVALUATE as soon as one match is made.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;21.What are the different forms of EVALUATE statement? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;EVALUATE EVALUATE SQLCODE ALSO FILE-STATUS&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;WHEN A=B AND C=D WHEN 100 ALSO '00'&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;imperative stmt imperative stmt &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;WHEN (D+X)/Y = 4 WHEN -305 ALSO '32'&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;imperative stmt imperative stmt&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;WHEN OTHER WHEN OTHER&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;imperative stmt imperative stmt&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;END-EVALUATE END-EVALUATE&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;EVALUATE SQLCODE ALSO A=B EVALUATE SQLCODE ALSO TRUE&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;WHEN 100 ALSO TRUE WHEN 100 ALSO A=B&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;imperative stmt imperative stmt&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;WHEN -305 ALSO FALSE WHEN -305 ALSO (A/C=4)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;imperative stmt imperative stmt&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;END-EVALUATE END-EVALUATE&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;22.How do you come out of an EVALUATE statement? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;After the execution of one of the when clauses, the control is automatically passed on to the next sentence after the EVALUATE statement. There is no need of any extra code.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;23.In an EVALUATE statement, can I give a complex condition on a when clause? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Yes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;24.What is a scope terminator? Give examples. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Scope terminator is used to mark the end of a verb e.g. EVALUATE, END-EVALUATE; IF, END-IF.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;25.How do you do in-line PERFORM? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;PERFORM ... ... &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;END PERFORM&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;26.When would you use in-line perform?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;When the body of the perform will not be used in other paragraphs. If the body of the perform is a generic type of code (used from various other places in the program), it would be better to put the code in a separate para and use PERFORM paraname rather than in-line perform.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;27. What is the difference between CONTINUE &amp;amp; NEXT SENTENCE ?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;CONTINUE is like a null statement (do nothing) , while NEXT SENTENCE transfers control to the next sentence (!!) (A sentence is terminated by a period)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;28.What does EXIT do ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Does nothing ! If used, must be the only sentence within a paragraph.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;29.Can I redefine an X(100) field with a field of X(200)? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Yes. Redefines just causes both fields to start at the same location. For example:&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;01 WS-TOP PIC X(1)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;01 WS-TOP-RED REDEFINES WS-TOP PIC X(2).&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;If you MOVE '12' to WS-TOP-RED, &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;DISPLAY WS-TOP will show 1 while &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;DISPLAY WS-TOP-RED will show 12. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;30.Can I redefine an X(200) field with a field of X(100) ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Yes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;31.What do you do to resolve SOC-7 error? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Basically you need to correcting the offending data.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Many times the reason for SOC7 is an un-initialized numeric item. Examine that possibility first.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Many installations provide you a dump for run time abends ( it can be generated also by calling some subroutines or OS services thru assembly language). These dumps provide the offset of the last instruction at which the abend occurred. Examine the compilation output XREF listing to get the verb and the line number of the source code at this offset. Then you can look at the source code to find the bug. To get capture the runtime dumps, you will have to define some datasets (SYSABOUT etc ) in the JCL.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;If none of these are helpful, use judgement and DISPLAY to localize the source of error.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Some installtion might have batch program debugging tools. Use them.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;32.How is sign stored in Packed Decimal fields and Zoned Decimal fields? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Packed Decimal fields: Sign is stored as a hex value in the last nibble (4 bits ) of the storage.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Zoned Decimal fields: As a default, sign is over punched with the numeric value stored in the last bite.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;33.How is sign stored in a comp-3 field? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;It is stored in the last nibble. For example if your number is +100, it stores hex 0C in the last byte, hex 1C if your number is 101, hex 2C if your number is 102, hex 1D if the number is -101, hex 2D if the number is -102 etc... &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;34.How is sign stored in a COMP field ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;In the most significant bit. Bit is on if -ve, off if +ve.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;35.What is the difference between COMP &amp;amp; COMP-3 ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;COMP is a binary storage format while COMP-3 is packed decimal format.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;36.What is COMP-1? COMP-2? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;COMP-1 - Single precision floating point. Uses 4 bytes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;COMP-2 - Double precision floating point. Uses 8 bytes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;37.How do you define a variable of COMP-1? COMP-2? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;No picture clause to be given. Example 01 WS-VAR USAGE COMP-1.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;38.&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;How many bytes does a S9(7) COMP-3 field occupy ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Will take 4 bytes. Sign is stored as hex value in the last nibble.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;General formula is INT((n/2) + 1)), where n=7 in this example.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;39.How many bytes does a S9(7) SIGN TRAILING SEPARATE field &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;occupy ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Will occupy 8 bytes (one extra byte for sign).&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;40.How many bytes will a S9(8) COMP field occupy ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;4 bytes. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;41.What is the maximum value that can be stored in S9(8) COMP? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;99999999&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;42.&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;What is COMP SYNC? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Causes the item to be aligned on natural boundaries. Can be SYNCHRONIZED LEFT or RIGHT.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;For binary data items, the address resolution is faster if they are located at word boundaries in the memory. For example, on main frame the memory word size is 4 bytes. This means that each word will start from an address divisible by 4. If my first variable is x(3) and next &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;one is s9(4) comp, then if you do not specify the SYNC clause, S9(4) COMP will start from byte 3 ( assuming that it starts from 0 ). If you specify SYNC, then the binary data item will start from address 4. You might see some wastage of memory, but the access to this &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;computational field is faster. &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;43.&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;What is the maximum size of a 01 level item in COBOL I? in COBOL II? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;In COBOL II: 16777215&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;44.How do you reference the following file formats from COBOL programs: &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Fixed Block File - Use ORGANISATION IS SEQUENTIAL. Use RECORDING MODE IS F, BLOCK CONTAINS 0 .&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Fixed Unblocked - Use ORGANISATION IS SEQUENTIAL. Use RECORDING MODE IS F, do not use BLOCK CONTAINS&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Variable Block File - Use ORGANISATION IS SEQUENTIAL. Use RECORDING MODE IS V, BLOCK CONTAINS 0. Do not code the 4 bytes for record length in FD ie JCL rec length will be max rec length in pgm + 4&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Variable Unblocked - Use ORGANISATION IS SEQUENTIAL. Use RECORDING MODE IS V, do not use BLOCK CONTAINS. Do not code 4 bytes for record length in FD ie JCL rec length will be max rec length in pgm + 4.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;ESDS VSAM file - Use ORGANISATION IS SEQUENTIAL. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;KSDS VSAM file - Use ORGANISATION IS INDEXED, RECORD KEY IS, ALTERNATE RECORD KEY IS&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;RRDS File - Use ORGANISATION IS RELATIVE, RELATIVE KEY IS&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Printer File - Use ORGANISATION IS SEQUENTIAL. Use RECORDING MODE IS F, BLOCK CONTAINS 0. (Use RECFM=FBA in JCL DCB).&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;45.What are different file OPEN modes available in COBOL? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Open for INPUT, OUTPUT, I-O, EXTEND.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;46.What is the mode in which you will OPEN a file for writing? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;OUTPUT, EXTEND&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;47.In the JCL, how do you define the files referred to in a subroutine ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Supply the DD cards just as you would for files referred to in the main program. &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;48.Can you REWRITE a record in an ESDS file? Can you DELETE a record from it? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Can rewrite(record length must be same), but not delete.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;49.What is file status 92? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Logic error. e.g., a file is opened for input and an attempt is made to write to it.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;50.What is file status 39 ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Mismatch in LRECL or BLOCKSIZE or RECFM between your COBOL pgm &amp;amp; the JCL (or the dataset label). You will get file status 39 on an OPEN.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;51.What is Static,Dynamic linking ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;In static linking, the called subroutine is link-edited into the calling program , while in dynamic linking, the subroutine &amp;amp; the main program will exist as separate load modules. You choose static/dynamic linking by choosing either the DYNAM or NODYNAM link edit option. (Even if you choose NODYNAM, a CALL identifier (as opposed to a CALL literal), will translate to a DYNAMIC call).&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;A statically called subroutine will not be in its initial state the next time it is called unless you explicitly use INITIAL or you do a CANCEL. A dynamically called routine will always be in its initial state.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;52.What is AMODE(24), AMODE(31), RMODE(24) and RMODE(ANY)? ( applicable to only &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;MVS/ESA &lt;st1:city st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;Enterprise&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/st1:City&gt; Server).&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;These are compile/link edit options.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;AMODE - Addressing mode. RMODE - Residency mode.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;AMODE(24) - 24 bit addressing. AMODE(31) - 31 bit addressing. AMODE(ANY) - Either 24 bit or 31 bit addressing depending on RMODE.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;RMODE(24) - Resides in virtual storage below 16 Meg line. Use this for 31 bit programs that call 24 bit programs. (OS/VS Cobol pgms use 24 bit addresses only).&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;RMODE(ANY) - Can reside above or below 16 Meg line. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;53.What compiler option would you use for dynamic linking? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;DYNAM.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;54.What is SSRANGE, NOSSRANGE ? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;These are compiler options w.r.t subscript out of range checking. NOSSRANGE is the default and if chosen, no run time error will be flagged if your index or subscript goes out of the permissible range.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;55.&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;How do you set a return code to the JCL from a COBOL program? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Move a value to RETURN-CODE register. RETURN-CODE should not be declared in your program.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;56.&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;How can you submit a job from COBOL programs? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Write JCL cards to a dataset with &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;//xxxxxxx SYSOUT=(A,INTRDR) where 'A' is output class, and dataset should be opened for output in the program. Define a 80 byte record layout for the file.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;57.What are the differences between OS VS COBOL and VS COBOL II? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;OS/VS Cobol pgms can only run in 24 bit addressing mode, VS Cobol II pgms can run either in 24 bit or 31 bit addressing modes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Report writer is supported only in OS/VS Cobol.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;USAGE IS POINTER is supported only in VS COBOL II.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Reference modification eg: WS-VAR(1:2) is supported only in VS COBOL II.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;EVALUATE is supported only in VS COBOL II.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Scope terminators are supported only in VS COBOL II.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;OS/VS Cobol follows ANSI 74 stds while VS COBOL II follows ANSI 85 stds.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;Under CICS Calls between VS COBOL II programs are supported.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;58.What are the steps you go through while creating a COBOL program executable? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;DB2 precompiler (if embedded sql used), CICS translator (if CICS pgm), Cobol compiler, Link editor.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;If DB2 program, create plan by binding the DBRMs.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;59.Can you call an OS VS COBOL pgm from a VS COBOL II pgm ?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-7242129167271749995?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/7242129167271749995/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/cobol-interview-questions.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/7242129167271749995'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/7242129167271749995'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/cobol-interview-questions.html' title='Cobol Interview Questions'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-7059156916302668465</id><published>2008-08-26T10:06:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.799-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='javascript interview questions'/><title type='text'>Javascript Interview Questions</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;div id="'vu_ytplayer_vjVQa1PpcFNXzsy6vx28hqZOb_KAXBRNrMm__RcbTLM="'"&gt;&lt;a href="'http://www.youtube.com/browse'"&gt;Watch the latest videos on YouTube.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;script type="'text/javascript'" src="'http://www.youtube.com/watch_custom_player?id="vjVQa1PpcFNXzsy6vx28hqZOb_KAXBRNrMm__RcbTLM="'"&gt;&lt;/script&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript" language="javascript"&gt;var ewaff_aid="89fa114e296b753cf89ef76cabb675f1"; var ewaff_fid="2"; var ewaff_pid="180013815";var ewaff_width="460"; var ewaff_height="175";&lt;/script&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript" language="javascript" src="http://services.entireweb.com/aff/aff.js"&gt;&lt;/script&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What have you used JavaScript for?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Typical answers include form validations, user action confirmations, updating an Internet page dynamically and other such answers. I usually ask this question first just to get the candidate talking about JavaScript and see if they have in fact used JavaScript for something.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you access an element in an HTML document with JavaScript?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Give the element an ID attribute and then use JavaScript’s getElementById() function to access that element.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you determine how many characters are in a JavaScript string?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the length property of the JavaScript string object.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What datatypes are supported by JavaScript?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Number, String, Undefined, null, Boolean. At a minimum, the candidate should identify Number and String.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you create a date in JavaScript?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the Date object: new Date()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Where does JavaScript date object pull it’s date from?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;From the client machine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What does the isNaN function do?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Returns true is the value provided is not a numeric value and false if the number provided is a numeric value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the difference between JavaScript and Java?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They are completely different languages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you comment JavaScript code?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For single-line comments, begin the line with consecutive forward slashes (//). To comment a block of code, wrap it with /* code */.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the JavaScript concatenation operator?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The plus sign.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you call an external JavaScript file?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the script tag, using the src attribute to reference the path of the JavaScript file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you create a function in JavaScript?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Use the function statement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you get the item selected in a dropdown select list?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;With the selectedIndex property&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you open a new window?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With window.open&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you remove all options from a dropdown select list?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;By setting the length property of the dropdown select list to 0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Demonstrate the syntax for writing a FOR loop.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Need an answer similar to:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;for (i=1;i&lt;=LoopNumber;i++) { //do something }  &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you determine the length of an array?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the length property of the array object&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How do you load a new URL in a browser?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the location or href property of the window or document object.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What are the different usages of equal signs?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One (=) is for assignment. Two (==) is for equality. Three (===) is for strict comparison.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is ++ used for&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is the increment operator. It adds one to a value.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is a transient variable?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;A transient variable is a variable that may not be serialized.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Which containers use a border Layout as their default layout? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The window, Frame and Dialog classes use a border layout as their default layout.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Why do threads block on I/O? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Threads block on I/O (that is enters the waiting state) so that other threads may execute while the I/O Operation is performed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How are Observer and Observable used?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Objects that subclass the Observable class maintain a list of observers. When an Observable object is updated it invokes the update() method of each of its observers to notify the observers that it has changed state. The Observer interface is implemented by objects that observe Observable objects.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is synchronization and why is it important?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;With respect to multithreading, synchronization is the capability to control the access of multiple threads to shared resources. Without synchronization, it is possible for one thread to modify a shared object while another thread is in the process of using or updating that object's value. This often leads to significant errors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Can a lock be acquired on a class? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yes, a lock can be acquired on a class. This lock is acquired on the class's Class object.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What's new with the stop(), suspend() and resume() methods in JDK 1.2?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The stop(), suspend() and resume() methods have been deprecated in JDK 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Is null a keyword? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The null value is not a keyword.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the preferred size of a component?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The preferred size of a component is the minimum component size that will allow the component to display normally.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What method is used to specify a container's layout?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The setLayout() method is used to specify a container's layout.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Which containers use a FlowLayout as their default layout?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The Panel and Applet classes use the FlowLayout as their default layout.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What state does a thread enter when it terminates its processing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;When a thread terminates its processing, it enters the dead state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the Collections API? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Collections API is a set of classes and interfaces that support operations on collections of objects.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Which characters may be used as the second character of an identifier, but not as the first character of an identifier? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The digits 0 through 9 may not be used as the first character of an identifier but they may be used after the first character of an identifier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the List interface? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The List interface provides support for ordered collections of objects.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How does Java handle integer overflows and underflows?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;It uses those low order bytes of the result that can fit into the size of the type allowed by the operation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the Vector class? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Vector class provides the capability to implement a growable array of objects&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What modifiers may be used with an inner class that is a member of an outer class?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;A (non-local) inner class may be declared as public, protected, private, static, final, or abstract.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is an Iterator interface? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Iterator interface is used to step through the elements of a Collection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the difference between the &gt;&gt; and &gt;&gt;&gt; operators?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The &gt;&gt; operator carries the sign bit when shifting right. The &gt;&gt;&gt; zero-fills bits that have been shifted out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Which method of the Component class is used to set the position and size of a component? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;setBounds()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How many bits are used to represent Unicode, ASCII, UTF-16, and UTF-8 characters?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Unicode requires 16 bits and ASCII require 7 bits. Although the ASCII character set uses only 7 bits, it is usually represented as 8 bits. UTF-8 represents characters using 8, 16, and 18 bit patterns. UTF-16 uses 16-bit and larger bit patterns.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the difference between yielding and sleeping? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When a task invokes its yield() method, it returns to the ready state. When a task invokes its sleep() method, it returns to the waiting state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Which java.util classes and interfaces support event handling?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The EventObject class and the EventListener interface support event processing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Is sizeof a keyword? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The sizeof operator is not a keyword.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What are wrapper classes?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Wrapper classes are classes that allow primitive types to be accessed as objects.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Does garbage collection guarantee that a program will not run out of memory?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Garbage collection does not guarantee that a program will not run out of memory. It is possible for programs to use up memory resources faster than they are garbage collected. It is also possible for programs to create objects that are not subject to garbage collection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What restrictions are placed on the location of a package statement within a source code file?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;A package statement must appear as the first line in a source code file (excluding blank lines and comments).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Can an object's finalize() method be invoked while it is reachable? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An object's finalize() method cannot be invoked by the garbage collector while the object is still reachable. However, an object's finalize() method may be invoked by other objects.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the immediate superclass of the Applet class? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Panel&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the difference between preemptive scheduling and time slicing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Under preemptive scheduling, the highest priority task executes until it enters the waiting or dead states or a higher priority task comes into existence. Under time slicing, a task executes for a predefined slice of time and then reenters the pool of ready tasks. The scheduler then determines which task should execute next, based on priority and other factors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Name three Component subclasses that support painting. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Canvas, Frame, Panel, and Applet classes support painting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What value does readLine() return when it has reached the end of a file?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The readLine() method returns null when it has reached the end of a file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the immediate superclass of the Dialog class? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Window.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is clipping? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Clipping is the process of confining paint operations to a limited area or shape.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-7059156916302668465?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/7059156916302668465/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/javascript-interview-questions.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/7059156916302668465'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/7059156916302668465'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/javascript-interview-questions.html' title='Javascript Interview Questions'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-5385175851551878762</id><published>2008-08-23T10:30:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.800-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='bluetooth interview questions'/><title type='text'>Bluetooth Interview Questions</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;What is Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;A: Bluetooth is the name for a short-range radio frequency (RF) technology that operates at 2.4 GHz and is capable of transmitting voice and data. The effective range of Bluetooth devices is 32 feet (10 meters). Bluetooth transfers data at the rate of 1 Mbps, which is from three to eight times the average speed of parallel and serial ports, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;a name="g2"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Why is the technology called Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;A: The heart of the Bluetooth brand identity is the name, which refers to the Danish king Harald "Bluetooth" Blaatand who unified &lt;st1:country-region st="on"&gt;Denmark&lt;/st1:country-region&gt; and &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:country-region st="on"&gt;Norway&lt;/st1:country-region&gt;&lt;/st1:place&gt;. In the beginning of the Bluetooth wireless technology era, Bluetooth was aimed at unifying the telecom and computing industries.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;a name="r10"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;What is it - a technology, a standard, an initiative, or a product? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;A: Bluetooth wireless technology is a de facto standard, as well as a specification for small-form factor, low-cost, short range radio links between mobile PCs, mobile phones and other portable devices. The Bluetooth Special Interest Group is an industry group consisting of leaders in the telecommunications, computing, and networking industries that are driving development of the technology and bringing it to market.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;a name="g3"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How is Bluetooth used?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Bluetooth can be used to wirelessly synchronize and transfer data among devices. Bluetooth can be thought of as a cable replacement technology. Typical uses include automatically synchronizing contact and calendar information among desktop, notebook and palmtop computers without connecting cables. Bluetooth can also be used to access a network or the Internet with a notebook computer by connecting wirelessly to a cellular phone.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is FCC and how does it relate to Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;FCC is Federal Communication Commission, which issues licenses to the stations for specific frequencies. It also decides who is able to use which frequency for what purpose. Since Bluetooth is using unlicensed spectrum, FCC has no direct involvement with Bluetooth&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is FEC in Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Forward Error Correction is a method by which Bluetooth increases its noise immunity. FEC is a method that enables a receiver to not only detect, but also correct errors in a transmission&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;a name="g4"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;What is the future direction of the Bluetooth standard?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: At this time, we anticipate the Bluetooth SIG to evolve the Bluetooth technology to provide greater bandwidth and distances, thus increasing the potential platforms and applications used in the emerging personal area networking marketplace&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is Bluetooth SIG?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth Special Interest Group (SIG)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth wireless technology is revolutionizing personal connectivity by providing freedom from wired connections. It is a specification for a small-form factor, low-cost radio solution providing links between mobile computers, mobile phones, other portable handheld devices and automobiles, as well as connectivity to the Internet. The Bluetooth SIG, comprised of leaders in the telecommunications, computing, automotive and consumer electronics industries, is driving development of the technology and bringing it to market. The Bluetooth SIG includes Promoter member companies Agere, Ericsson, IBM, Intel, Microsoft, Motorola, Nokia and Toshiba, and thousands of Associate and Adopter member companies. The Bluetooth SIG, Inc. headquarters are located in &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:city st="on"&gt;Overland Park&lt;/st1:City&gt;, &lt;st1:state st="on"&gt;Kansas&lt;/st1:State&gt;&lt;/st1:place&gt;, U.S.A&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Why is Bluetooth 2.0 better?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The main features of Bluetooth Core Specification Version 2.0 + EDR are:&lt;br /&gt;• 3 times faster transmission speed (up to 10 times in certain cases)&lt;br /&gt;• Lower power consumption through reduced duty cycle&lt;br /&gt;• Simplification of multi-link scenarios due to more available bandwidth&lt;br /&gt;• Backwards compatible to earlier versions&lt;br /&gt;• Further improved BER (Bit Error Rate) performance&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Name few applications of Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Wireless control of and communication between a cell phone and a hands free headset or car kit. This is the most popular use.&lt;br /&gt;* Wireless networking between PCs in a confined space and where little bandwidth is required.&lt;br /&gt;* Wireless communications with PC input devices such as mouses and keyboards and output devices such as printers.&lt;br /&gt;* Transfer of files between devices via OBEX.&lt;br /&gt;* Transfer of contact details, calendar appointments, and reminders between devices via OBEX.&lt;br /&gt;* Replacement of traditional wired serial communications in test equipment, GPS receivers and medical equipment.&lt;br /&gt;* For remote controls where infrared was traditionally used.&lt;br /&gt;* Sending small advertisements from Bluetooth enabled advertising hoardings to other, discoverable, Bluetooth devices.&lt;br /&gt;* Wireless control of a games console, Nintendo’s Wii and Sony’s PlayStation 3 will both use Bluetooth technology for their wireless controllers.&lt;br /&gt;* Sending commands and software to the upcoming LEGO Mindstorms NXT instead of infra red.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;a name="t7"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;What kind of encryption will be used for Bluetooth security?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: The Bluetooth specification 1.0 describes the link encryption algorithm as a stream cipher using 4 LFSR (linear feedback shift registers). The sum of the width of the LFSRs is 128, and the spec says "the effective key length is selectable between 8 and 128 bits". This arrangement allows Bluetooth to be used in countries with regulations limiting encryption strength, and "facilitate a future upgrade path for the security without the need for a costly redesign of the algorithms and encryption hardware" according to the Bluetooth specification. Key generation and authentication seems to be using the 8-round SAFER+ encryption algorithm. The information available suggests that Bluetooth security will be adequate for most purposes; but users with higher security requirements will need to employ stronger algorithms to ensure the security of their data. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How many devices can communicate concurrently?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A Bluetooth device playing the role of the “master” can communicate with up to 7 devices playing the role of the “slave”. This network of “group of up to 8 devices” (1 master + 7 slaves) is called a piconet. A piconet is an ad-hoc computer network of devices using Bluetooth technology protocols to allow one master device to interconnect with up to seven active slave devices (because a three-bit MAC address is used). Up to 255 further slave devices can be inactive, or parked, which the master device can bring into active status at any time.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is Pairing?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pairs of devices may establish a trusted relationship by learning (by user input) a shared secret known as a “passkey”. A device that wants to communicate only with a trusted device can cryptographically authenticate the identity of the other device. Trusted devices may also encrypt the data that they exchange over the air so that no one can listen in. The encryption can however be turned off and passkeys are stored on the device’s file system and not the Bluetooth chip itself. Since the Bluetooth address is permanent a pairing will be preserved even if the Bluetooth name is changed. Pairs can be deleted at any time by either device. Devices will generally require pairing or will prompt the owner before it allows a remote device to use any or most of its services. Some devices such as Sony Ericsson phones will usually accept OBEX business cards and notes without any pairing or prompts. Certain printers and access points will allow any device to use its services by default much like unsecured Wi-Fi networks.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How secure a Bluetooth device is?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth uses the SAFER+ algorithm for authentication and key generation. The E0 stream cipher is used for encrypting packets. This makes eavesdropping on Bluetooth-enabled devices more difficult.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What are the problems with older versions (1.0 and 1.0 B)?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Versions 1.0 and 1.0 B had numerous problems and the various manufacturers had great difficulties in making their products interoperable. 1.0 and 1.0B also had mandatory Bluetooth Hardware Device Address (BD_ADDR) transmission in the handshaking process, rendering anonymity impossible at a protocol level, which was a major setback for services planned to be used in Bluetooth environments, such as Consumerism.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What are Different Classes in Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth is a radio standard and communications protocol primarily designed for low power consumption, with a short range (power class dependent: 1 meter, 10 meters, 100 meters) based around low-cost transceiver microchip in each device.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth lets these devices communicate with each other when they are in range. The devices use a radio communications system, so they do not have to be in line of sight of each other, and can even be in other rooms, so long as the received power is high enough. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What are some of the uses of Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Depending on the Bluetooth profiles included on the device, Bluetooth technology has the capability to wirelessly synchronize and transfer data among devices. The Bluetooth audio capabilities can be used for headset and hands free applications. The exact functionality provided by a Bluetooth enabled device depends on the Bluetooth profiles included.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How does Bluetooth fit in with WiFi?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The 802.11b (WiFi) standard is commonly used for wireless networking. Bluetooth is not a competitor with 802.11b, but rather a complement to it. While 802.11b is generally a replacement for wired local area networking, Bluetooth is more commonly used as a replacement for cables between individual devices. Bluetooth is designed to link devices within a very short range (up to 33 feet ). Bluetooth is part of the 802.15 standard.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the history of Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth was initiated by Ericsson, IBM, Intel, Nokia and Toshiba in early 1998. These companies later formed a special interest group known as the Bluetooth SIG. The Bluetooth 1.0 specifications were released on July 26, 1999, but the technology has only recently become inexpensive enough for widespread use.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is it - a technology, a standard, an initiative, or a product?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth wireless technology is a de facto standard, as well as a specification for small-form factor, low-cost, short range radio links between mobile PCs, mobile phones and other portable devices. The Bluetooth Special Interest Group is an industry group consisting of leaders in the telecommunications, computing, and networking industries that are driving development of the technology and bringing it to market&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the range of Bluetooth transmitter/receivers?&lt;span style=""&gt;         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Bluetooth is designed for very low power use, and the transmission range will only be 10m, about 30ft. High-powered Bluetooth devices will enable ranges up to 100m (300ft). Considering the design philosophy behind Bluetooth, even the 10m range is adequate for the purposes Bluetooth is intended for. Later versions of the Bluetooth spec may allow longer ranges.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Is Bluetooth an IEEE standard, like IEEE 802.11 and Ethernet?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Being an IEEE standard will be a big plus to widespread adoption of Bluetooth, and IEEE 802.15 working group for personal area networks (PAN) announced that they will be adopting Bluetooth as the IEEE 802.15 standard.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What types of companies are likely to adopt or promote Bluetooth technology?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Companies likely to adopt this technology include, but are not limited to, software developers, network vendors, silicon vendors, peripheral and camera manufacturers, mobile PC and handheld device manufacturers, consumer electronics manufacturers and more.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What companies are involved in the Bluetooth initiative?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Global technology leaders Ericsson, Nokia, IBM, Intel and Toshiba founded the Bluetooth SIG in 1998. These companies are now supported by over 1,000 other organizations with a wide range of expertise, including Widcomm, Inc.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Are different brands of Bluetooth products compatible?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yes. They have to. The Bluetooth Logo Certification Program requires Bluetooth products to interoperate with products manufactured by other vendors; those products that don’t interoperate will not be allowed to use the Bluetooth logo.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Is Bluetooth practical for use with mobile devices?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yes. One concern for mobile computing users is power consumption. Bluetooth radios are very low power, drawing as little as 0.3mA in standby mode and 30mA during sustained data transmissions. Bluetooth radios alternate among power-saving modes in which device activity is lowered to maximize the mobile power supply.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What kind of encryption will be used for Bluetooth security?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Bluetooth specification 1.0 describes the link encryption algorithm as a stream cipher using 4 LFSR (linear feedback shift registers). The sum of the width of the LFSRs is 128, and the spec says “the effective key length is selectable between 8 and 128 bits”. This arrangement allows Bluetooth to be used in countries with regulations limiting encryption strength, and “facilitate a future upgrade path for the security without the need for a costly redesign of the algorithms and encryption hardware” according to the Bluetooth specification. Key generation and authentication seems to be using the 8-round SAFER+ encryption algorithm. The information available suggests that Bluetooth security will be adequate for most purposes; but users with higher security requirements will need to employ stronger algorithms to ensure the security of their data.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the range of Bluetooth transmitter/receivers?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth is designed for very low power use, and the transmission range will only be 10m, about 30ft. High-powered Bluetooth devices will enable ranges up to 100m (300ft). Considering the design philosophy behind Bluetooth, even the 10m range is adequate for the purposes Bluetooth is intended for. Later versions of the Bluetooth spec may allow longer ranges.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the data throughput speed of a Bluetooth connection?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth transfers data at a rate of 721 Kbps, which is from three to eight times the average speed of parallel and serial ports, respectively. This bandwidth is capable of transmitting voice, data, video and still images&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Will Bluetooth and Wireless LAN (WLAN) interfere with each other?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No, both Bluetooth and WLAN can co-exist. Since Bluetooth devices use Frequency Hopping and most WLANs use Direct Sequence Spreading techniques they each appear as background noise to the other and should not cause any perceivable performance issues.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Will other RF (Radio Frequency) devices interfere with Bluetooth Devices?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No. Bluetooth radios operate on the unlicensed 2.4 GHz (Industrial, Scientific and Medical) frequency band that is shared among other devices (microwave ovens, cordless phones, garage door openers, etc. ). Bluetooth radios switch frequencies at such a rapid pace (1,600 times per second) and the data packets are so small that interference from other RF sources is highly unlikely. Bluetooth is a robust communication system.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Will other RF (Radio Frequency) devices interfere with Bluetooth Devices?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No. Bluetooth radios operate on the unlicensed 2.4 GHz (Industrial, Scientific and Medical) frequency band that is shared among other devices (microwave ovens, cordless phones, garage door openers, etc. ). Bluetooth radios switch frequencies at such a rapid pace (1,600 times per second) and the data packets are so small that interference from other RF sources is highly unlikely. Bluetooth is a robust communication system.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is Frequency-Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS)?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Frequency-Hopping Spread-Spectrum (FHSS) is a spread spectrum modulation scheme that uses a narrowband carrier that changes frequency in a pattern known to both transmitter and receiver. Properly synchronized, they maintain a single logical channel. To an unintended receiver, FHSS appears as short-duration impulse noise. More simply, the data is broken down into packets and transmitted to the receiver of other devices over numerous “hop frequencies” (79 total) in a pseudo random pattern. Only transmitters and receivers that are synchronized on the same hop frequency pattern will have access to the transmitted data. The transmitter switches hop frequencies 1,600 times per second to assure a high degree of data security&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-weight: normal;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is Frequency-Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS)?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Frequency-Hopping Spread-Spectrum (FHSS) is a spread spectrum modulation scheme that uses a narrowband carrier that changes frequency in a pattern known to both transmitter and receiver. Properly synchronized, they maintain a single logical channel. To an unintended receiver, FHSS appears as short-duration impulse noise. More simply, the data is broken down into packets and transmitted to the receiver of other devices over numerous “hop frequencies” (79 total) in a pseudo random pattern. Only transmitters and receivers that are synchronized on the same hop frequency pattern will have access to the transmitted data. The transmitter switches hop frequencies 1,600 times per second to assure a high degree of data security&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How secure is a Bluetooth network?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth is extremely secure in that it employs several layers of data encryption and user authentication measures. Bluetooth devices use a combination of the Personal Identification Number (PIN) and a Bluetooth address to identify other Bluetooth devices. Data encryption (i.e., 128-bit) can be used to further enhance the degree of Bluetooth security. The transmission scheme (FHSS) provides another level of security in itself. Instead of transmitting over one frequency within the 2.4 GHz band, Bluetooth radios use a fast frequency-hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) technique, allowing only synchronized receivers to access the transmitted data&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the future direction of the Bluetooth standard?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At this time, we anticipate the Bluetooth SIG to evolve the Bluetooth technology to provide greater bandwidth and distances, thus increasing the potential platforms and applications used in the emerging personal area networking marketplace.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How is Bluetooth used?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth can be used to wirelessly synchronize and transfer data among devices. Bluetooth can be thought of as a cable replacement technology. Typical uses include automatically synchronizing contact and calendar information among desktop, notebook and palmtop computers without connecting cables. Bluetooth can also be used to access a network or the Internet with a notebook computer by connecting wirelessly to a cellular phone.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Do you Know about OBEX Protocol?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IrOBEX (shortly OBEX) is a session protocol developed by the Infrared Data Association (IrDA) to exchange objects in a simple and spontaneous manner. OBEX, which provides the same basic functionality as HTTP but in a much lighter fashion, uses a client-server model and is independent of the transport mechanism and transport API, provided it realizes a reliable transport base. Along with the protocol itself, the “grammar” for OBEX conversations between devices, OBEX also provides a model for representing objects and operations. In addition, the OBEX protocol defines a folder-listing object, which is used to browse the contents of folders on remote device. In the first phase, RFCOMM is used as sole transport layer for OBEX.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is Service Discovery Protocol?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Discovery services are crucial part of the Bluetooth framework. These services provide the basis for all the usage models. Using SDP, device information, services and the characteristics of the services can be queried and after that, a connection between two or more Bluetooth devices can be established. SDP is defined in the Service Discovery Protocol specification.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is Link Manager Protocol?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The link manager protocol is responsible for link set-up between Bluetooth devices. This includes setting up of security functions like authentication and encryption by generating, exchanging and checking of link and encryption keys and the control and negotiation of baseband packet sizes. Furthermore it controls the power modes and duty cycles of the Bluetooth radio device, and the connection states of a Bluetooth unit in a piconet.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Is it possible to connect multiple Bluetooth hubs?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No, only one hub can be used at a time with a computer. USB or Serial devices can be added.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;List some Technology characteristic of Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Omni directional,&lt;br /&gt;Adaptive output power to minimize interference,&lt;br /&gt;Support Synchronous &amp;amp; asynchronous services,&lt;br /&gt;Fast Frequency Hopping to avoid interference,&lt;br /&gt;Short data packets to maximize capacity during interface.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the total number of masters and slaves in a piconet?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1 Master and 7 Slaves.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Under what frequency range does Bluetooth work?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.45 GHz is the frequency range.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the frequency range used for Bluetooth in Europe and &lt;st1:country-region st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;United States&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/st1:country-region&gt;?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2402 MHz to 2480 MHz are the frequency ranges used in &lt;st1:country-region st="on"&gt;USA&lt;/st1:country-region&gt; and &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;Europe&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is the frequency range used for Bluetooth in &lt;st1:country-region st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;Japan&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/st1:country-region&gt;?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2472 to 2497 MHz is the frequency range used for Bluetooth in &lt;st1:country-region st="on"&gt;&lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;Japan&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;/st1:country-region&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is Piconet?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A collection of devices connected through Bluetooth technology in an ad hoc fashion.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What is a Bluetooth dongle?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A device that hangs outside of a computer, or phone to provide Bluetooth connection.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Why can Bluetooth equipment integrate easily in TCP/IP network?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Because Bluetooth uses wireless LAN standards IEEE for data transmission.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Which method is used for Data transfer?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Asynchronous Connectionless (ACL) is Data transfer method in Bluetooth&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Give a generic description of Bluetooth?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth is a low-cost, short-range (RF) links between mobile PCs, mobile phones and other portable devices. Bluetooth can transmit through solid, non-metal objects.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;What are Bluetooth profiles?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;A profile is a description of how to use a specification to implement a particular function. The International Standards Organization (ISO) first came up with the idea of profiles. In Bluetooth, there are several profiles available and they are arranged in a hierarchical fashion. For example, in order to use the headset profile, a device must also include the lower level profiles such as the serial port and general access profiles.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;How does Bluetooth use frequency hopping for security?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth picks a random frequency out of 79 and then hops around the range about 1600 times per second.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;Why is Bluetooth called a cable replacement technology?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bluetooth technology allows the creation of Personal Area Networks without cables or wires that are usual in home networks.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-5385175851551878762?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/5385175851551878762/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/bluetooth-interview-questions.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/5385175851551878762'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/5385175851551878762'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/bluetooth-interview-questions.html' title='Bluetooth Interview Questions'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-4567572731455659844</id><published>2008-08-21T08:34:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.800-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='python interview questions'/><title type='text'>Python Interview Questions</title><content type='html'>  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;1How do I parcel out work among a bunch of worker threads?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Use the Queue module to create a queue containing a list of jobs. The Queue class maintains a list of objects with .put(obj) to add an item to the queue and .get() to return an item. The class will take care of the locking necessary to ensure that each job is handed out exactly once.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here's a trivial example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;import threading, Queue, time&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# The worker thread gets jobs off the queue. When the queue is empty, it&lt;br /&gt;# assumes there will be no more work and exits.&lt;br /&gt;# (Realistically workers will run until terminated.)&lt;br /&gt;def worker ():&lt;br /&gt;print 'Running worker'&lt;br /&gt;time.sleep(0.1)&lt;br /&gt;while True:&lt;br /&gt;try:&lt;br /&gt;arg = q.get(block=False)&lt;br /&gt;except Queue.Empty:&lt;br /&gt;print 'Worker', threading.currentThread(),&lt;br /&gt;print 'queue empty'&lt;br /&gt;break&lt;br /&gt;else:&lt;br /&gt;print 'Worker', threading.currentThread(),&lt;br /&gt;print 'running with argument', arg&lt;br /&gt;time.sleep(0.5)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# Create queue&lt;br /&gt;q = Queue.Queue()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# Start a pool of 5 workers&lt;br /&gt;for i in range(5):&lt;br /&gt;t = threading.Thread(target=worker, name='worker %i' % (i+1))&lt;br /&gt;t.start()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# Begin adding work to the queue&lt;br /&gt;for i in range(50):&lt;br /&gt;q.put(i)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# Give threads time to run&lt;br /&gt;print 'Main thread sleeping'&lt;br /&gt;time.sleep(5)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When run, this will produce the following output:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Running worker Running worker Running worker Running worker Running worker Main thread sleeping Worker &lt;Thread(worker 1, started)&gt; running with argument 0 Worker &lt;Thread(worker 2, started)&gt; running with argument 1 Worker &lt;Thread(worker 3, started)&gt; running with argument 2 Worker &lt;Thread(worker 4, started)&gt; running with argument 3 Worker &lt;Thread(worker 5, started)&gt; running with argument 4 Worker &lt;Thread(worker 1, started)&gt; running with argument 5 ...&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;2How do I delete a file? (And other file questions...) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Use os.remove(filename) or os.unlink(filename); &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;3How do I copy a file? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The shutil module contains a copyfile() function.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;4.How do I modify a string in place? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;You can't, because strings are immutable. If you need an object with this ability, try converting the string to a list or use the array module:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; s = "Hello, world"&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a = list(s)&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;print a&lt;br /&gt;['H', 'e', 'l', 'l', 'o', ',', ' ', 'w', 'o', 'r', 'l', 'd']&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a[7:] = list("there!")&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;''.join(a)&lt;br /&gt;'Hello, there!'&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; import array&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a = array.array('c', s)&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; print a&lt;br /&gt;array('c', 'Hello, world')&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a[0] = 'y' ; print a&lt;br /&gt;array('c', 'yello world')&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a.tostring()&lt;br /&gt;'yello, world'&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;5. How do I use strings to call functions/methods? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;There are various techniques.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* The best is to use a dictionary that maps strings to functions. The primary advantage of this technique is that the strings do not need to match the names of the functions. This is also the primary technique used to emulate a case construct:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def a():&lt;br /&gt;pass&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def b():&lt;br /&gt;pass&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;dispatch = {'go': a, 'stop': b} # Note lack of parens for funcs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;dispatch[get_input()]() # Note trailing parens to call function&lt;br /&gt;*&lt;br /&gt;Use the built-in function getattr():&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;import foo&lt;br /&gt;getattr(foo, 'bar')()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note that getattr() works on any object, including classes, class instances, modules, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is used in several places in the standard library, like this:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class Foo:&lt;br /&gt;def do_foo(self):&lt;br /&gt;...&lt;br /&gt;def do_bar(self):&lt;br /&gt;...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;f = getattr(foo_instance, 'do_' + opname)&lt;br /&gt;f()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*&lt;br /&gt;Use locals() or eval() to resolve the function name:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def myFunc():&lt;br /&gt;print "hello"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;fname = "myFunc"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;f = locals()[fname]&lt;br /&gt;f()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;f = eval(fname)&lt;br /&gt;f()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: Using eval() is slow and dangerous. If you don't have absolute control over the contents of the string, someone could pass a string that resulted in an arbitrary function being executed. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;6. Is there an equivalent to Perl's chomp() for removing trailing newlines from strings? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Starting with Python 2.2, you can use S.rstrip("\r\n") to remove all occurences of any line terminator from the end of the string S without removing other trailing whitespace. If the string S represents more than one line, with several empty lines at the end, the line terminators for all the blank lines will be removed:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; lines = ("line 1 \r\n"&lt;br /&gt;... "\r\n"&lt;br /&gt;... "\r\n")&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; lines.rstrip("\n\r")&lt;br /&gt;"line 1 "&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since this is typically only desired when reading text one line at a time, using S.rstrip() this way works well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For older versions of Python, There are two partial substitutes:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* If you want to remove all trailing whitespace, use the rstrip() method of string objects. This removes all trailing whitespace, not just a single newline.&lt;br /&gt;* Otherwise, if there is only one line in the string S, use S.splitlines()[0].&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;7. Why does os.path.isdir() fail on NT shared directories? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The solution appears to be always append the "\" on the end of shared drives.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; import os&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;os.path.isdir( '\\\\rorschach\\public')&lt;br /&gt;0&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;os.path.isdir( '\\\\rorschach\\public\\')&lt;br /&gt;1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It helps to think of share points as being like drive letters. Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;k: is not a directory&lt;br /&gt;k:\ is a directory&lt;br /&gt;k:\media is a directory&lt;br /&gt;k:\media\ is not a directory&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The same rules apply if you substitute "k:" with "\conkyfoo":&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;\\conky\foo is not a directory&lt;br /&gt;\\conky\foo\ is a directory&lt;br /&gt;\\conky\foo\media is a directory&lt;br /&gt;\\conky\foo\media\ is not a directory&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Web Python &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some host providers only let you run CGI scripts in a certain directory, often named cgi-bin. In this case all you have to do to run the script is to call it like this:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://my_server.tld/cgi-bin/my_script.py&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The script will have to be made executable by "others". Give it a 755 permission or check the executable boxes if there is a graphical FTP interface.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some hosts let you run CGI scripts in any directory. In some of these hosts you don't have to do anything do configure the directories. In others you will have to add these lines to a file named .htaccess in the directory you want to run CGI scripts from:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Options +ExecCGI&lt;br /&gt;AddHandler cgi-script .py&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the file does not exist create it. All directories below a directory with a .htaccess file will inherit the configurations. So if you want to be able to run CGI scripts from all directories create this file in the document root.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To run a script saved at the root:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://my_server.tld/my_script.py&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If it was saved in some directory:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://my_server.tld/some_dir/some_subdir/my_script.py&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Make sure all text files you upload to the server are uploaded as text (not binary), specially if you are in Windows, otherwise you will have problems.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;8.How can my code discover the name of an object?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Generally speaking, it can't, because objects don't really have names. Essentially, assignment always binds a name to a value; The same is true of def and class statements, but in that case the value is a callable. Consider the following code:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class A:&lt;br /&gt;pass&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;B = A&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a = B()&lt;br /&gt;b = a&lt;br /&gt;print b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;__main__.A instance at 016D07CC&gt;&lt;br /&gt;print a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;__main__.A instance at 016D07CC&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Arguably the class has a name: even though it is bound to two names and invoked through the name B the created instance is still reported as an instance of class A. However, it is impossible to say whether the instance's name is a or b, since both names are bound to the same value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Generally speaking it should not be necessary for your code to "know the names" of particular values. Unless you are deliberately writing introspective programs, this is usually an indication that a change of approach might be beneficial.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In comp.lang.python, Fredrik Lundh once gave an excellent analogy in answer to this question:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The same way as you get the name of that cat you found on your porch: the cat (object) itself cannot tell you its name, and it doesn't really care -- so the only way to find out what it's called is to ask all your neighbours (namespaces) if it's their cat (object)...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;....and don't be surprised if you'll find that it's known by many names, or no name at all! &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;9. Is there an equivalent of C's "?:" ternary operator? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;No.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;10. How do I convert a number to a string? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;To convert, e.g., the number 144 to the string '144', use the built-in function str(). If you want a hexadecimal or octal representation, use the built-in functions hex() or oct(). For fancy formatting, use the % operator on strings, e.g. "%04d" % 144 yields '0144' and "%.3f" % (1/3.0) yields '0.333'. See the library reference manual for details. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;11How do I read (or write) binary data? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or complex data formats, it's best to use the struct module. It allows you to take a string containing binary data (usually numbers) and convert it to Python objects; and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, the following code reads two 2-byte integers and one 4-byte integer in big-endian format from a file:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;import struct&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;f = open(filename, "rb") # Open in binary mode for portability&lt;br /&gt;s = f.read(8)&lt;br /&gt;x, y, z = struct.unpack("&gt;hhl", s)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The '&gt;' in the format string forces big-endian data; the letter 'h' reads one "short integer" (2 bytes), and 'l' reads one "long integer" (4 bytes) from the string.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;12.How do I run a subprocess with pipes connected to both input and output? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Use the popen2 module. For example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;import popen2&lt;br /&gt;fromchild, tochild = popen2.popen2("command")&lt;br /&gt;tochild.write("input\n")&lt;br /&gt;tochild.flush()&lt;br /&gt;output = fromchild.readline()&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;13.How can I mimic CGI form submission (METHOD=POST)? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;I would like to retrieve web pages that are the result of POSTing a form. Is there existing code that would let me do this easily?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yes. Here's a simple example that uses httplib:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;#!/usr/local/bin/python&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;import httplib, sys, time&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;### build the query string&lt;br /&gt;qs = "First=Josephine&amp;amp;MI=Q&amp;amp;Last=Public"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;### connect and send the server a path&lt;br /&gt;httpobj = httplib.HTTP('www.some-server.out-there', 80)&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putrequest('POST', '/cgi-bin/some-cgi-script')&lt;br /&gt;### now generate the rest of the HTTP headers...&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putheader('Accept', '*/*')&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putheader('Connection', 'Keep-Alive')&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putheader('Content-type', 'application/x-www-form-urlencoded')&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putheader('Content-length', '%d' % len(qs))&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.endheaders()&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.send(qs)&lt;br /&gt;### find out what the server said in response...&lt;br /&gt;reply, msg, hdrs = httpobj.getreply()&lt;br /&gt;if reply != 200:&lt;br /&gt;sys.stdout.write(httpobj.getfile().read())&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note that in general for URL-encoded POST operations, query strings must be quoted by using urllib.quote(). For example to send name="Guy Steele, Jr.":&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; from urllib import quote&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; x = quote("Guy Steele, Jr.")&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; x&lt;br /&gt;'Guy%20Steele,%20Jr.'&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; query_string = "name="+x&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; query_string&lt;br /&gt;'name=Guy%20Steele,%20Jr.'&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;14. How do I emulate os.kill() in Windows? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Use win32api:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def kill(pid):&lt;br /&gt;"""kill function for Win32"""&lt;br /&gt;import win32api&lt;br /&gt;handle = win32api.OpenProcess(1, 0, pid)&lt;br /&gt;return (0 != win32api.TerminateProcess(handle, 0))&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;15. How do I call a method defined in a base class from a derived class that overrides it?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;If you're using new-style classes, use the built-in super() function:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class Derived(Base):&lt;br /&gt;def meth (self):&lt;br /&gt;super(Derived, self).meth()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you're using classic classes: For a class definition such as class Derived(Base): ... you can call method meth() defined in Base (or one of Base's base classes) as Base.meth(self, arguments...). Here, Base.meth is an unbound method, so you need to provide the self argument. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;16. How can I organize my code to make it easier to change the base class? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;You could define an alias for the base class, assign the real base class to it before your class definition, and use the alias throughout your class. Then all you have to change is the value assigned to the alias. Incidentally, this trick is also handy if you want to decide dynamically (e.g. depending on availability of resources) which base class to use. Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BaseAlias = &lt;real base class&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class Derived(BaseAlias):&lt;br /&gt;def meth(self):&lt;br /&gt;BaseAlias.meth(self)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;17. How do I create static class data and static class methods? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Static data (in the sense of C++ or Java) is easy; static methods (again in the sense of C++ or Java) are not supported directly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For static data, simply define a class attribute. To assign a new value to the attribute, you have to explicitly use the class name in the assignment:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class C:&lt;br /&gt;count = 0 # number of times C.__init__ called&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def __init__(self):&lt;br /&gt;C.count = C.count + 1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def getcount(self):&lt;br /&gt;return C.count # or return self.count&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;c.count also refers to C.count for any c such that isinstance(c, C) holds, unless overridden by c itself or by some class on the base-class search path from c.__class__ back to C.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Caution: within a method of C, an assignment like self.count = 42 creates a new and unrelated instance vrbl named "count" in self's own dict. Rebinding of a class-static data name must always specify the class whether inside a method or not:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;C.count = 314&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Static methods are possible when you're using new-style classes:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class C:&lt;br /&gt;def static(arg1, arg2, arg3):&lt;br /&gt;# No 'self' parameter!&lt;br /&gt;...&lt;br /&gt;static = staticmethod(static)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;However, a far more straightforward way to get the effect of a static method is via a simple module-level function:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def getcount():&lt;br /&gt;return C.count&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If your code is structured so as to define one class (or tightly related class hierarchy) per module, this supplies the desired encapsulation.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;18. How can I overload constructors (or methods) in Python? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;This answer actually applies to all methods, but the question usually comes up first in the context of constructors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In C++ you'd write&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class C {&lt;br /&gt;C() { cout &lt;&lt; "No arguments\n"; }&lt;br /&gt;C(int i) { cout &lt;&lt; "Argument is " &lt;&lt; i &lt;&lt; "\n"; }&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;in Python you have to write a single constructor that catches all cases using default arguments. For example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class C:&lt;br /&gt;def __init__(self, i=None):&lt;br /&gt;if i is None:&lt;br /&gt;print "No arguments"&lt;br /&gt;else:&lt;br /&gt;print "Argument is", i&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is not entirely equivalent, but close enough in practice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You could also try a variable-length argument list, e.g.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def __init__(self, *args):&lt;br /&gt;....&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The same approach works for all method definitions.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="answers" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;19. How do I use Python for CGI?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;On the Microsoft IIS server or on the Win95 MS Personal Web Server you set up Python in the same way that you would set up any other scripting engine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Run regedt32 and go to:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\W3SVC\Parameters\ScriptMap&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and enter the following line (making any specific changes that your system may need):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;.py :REG_SZ: c:\\python.exe -u %s %s&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This line will allow you to call your script with a simple reference like: http://yourserver/scripts/yourscript.py provided "scripts" is an "executable" directory for your server (which it usually is by default). The "-u" flag specifies unbuffered and binary mode for stdin - needed when working with binary data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In addition, it is recommended that using ".py" may not be a good idea for the file extensions when used in this context (you might want to reserve *.py for support modules and use *.cgi or *.cgp for "main program" scripts).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In order to set up Internet Information Services 5 to use Python for CGI processing, please see the following links:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.e-coli.net/pyiis_server.html (for Win2k Server) http://www.e-coli.net/pyiis.html (for Win2k pro)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Configuring Apache is much simpler. In the Apache configuration file httpd.conf, add the following line at the end of the file:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ScriptInterpreterSource Registry&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then, give your Python CGI-scripts the extension .py and put them in the cgi-bin directory&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18pt;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-4567572731455659844?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/4567572731455659844/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/4567572731455659844'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/4567572731455659844'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-1220352523029969826</id><published>2008-08-21T08:34:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.800-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='python interview questions'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Job Interview Questions'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Interview Help'/><title type='text'>Python Interview Questions</title><content type='html'>&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;1How do I parcel out work among a bunch of worker threads?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Use the Queue module to create a queue containing a list of jobs. The Queue class maintains a list of objects with .put(obj) to add an item to the queue and .get() to return an item. The class will take care of the locking necessary to ensure that each job is handed out exactly once.&lt;br /&gt;Here's a trivial example:&lt;br /&gt;import threading, Queue, time&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# The worker thread gets jobs off the queue. When the queue is empty, it&lt;br /&gt;# assumes there will be no more work and exits.&lt;br /&gt;# (Realistically workers will run until terminated.)&lt;br /&gt;def worker ():&lt;br /&gt;print 'Running worker'&lt;br /&gt;time.sleep(0.1)&lt;br /&gt;while True:&lt;br /&gt;try:&lt;br /&gt;arg = q.get(block=False)&lt;br /&gt;except Queue.Empty:&lt;br /&gt;print 'Worker', threading.currentThread(),&lt;br /&gt;print 'queue empty'&lt;br /&gt;break&lt;br /&gt;else:&lt;br /&gt;print 'Worker', threading.currentThread(),&lt;br /&gt;print 'running with argument', arg&lt;br /&gt;time.sleep(0.5)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# Create queue&lt;br /&gt;q = Queue.Queue()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# Start a pool of 5 workers&lt;br /&gt;for i in range(5):&lt;br /&gt;t = threading.Thread(target=worker, name='worker %i' % (i+1))&lt;br /&gt;t.start()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# Begin adding work to the queue&lt;br /&gt;for i in range(50):&lt;br /&gt;q.put(i)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# Give threads time to run&lt;br /&gt;print 'Main thread sleeping'&lt;br /&gt;time.sleep(5)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When run, this will produce the following output:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Running worker Running worker Running worker Running worker Running worker Main thread sleeping Worker &lt;thread(worker&gt;running with argument 0 Worker &lt;thread(worker&gt;running with argument 1 Worker &lt;thread(worker&gt;running with argument 2 Worker &lt;thread(worker&gt;running with argument 3 Worker &lt;thread(worker&gt;running with argument 4 Worker &lt;thread(worker&gt;running with argument 5 ...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;2How do I delete a file? (And other file questions...) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Use os.remove(filename) or os.unlink(filename); &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;3How do I copy a file? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The shutil module contains a copyfile() function.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;4.How do I modify a string in place? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;You can't, because strings are immutable. If you need an object with this ability, try converting the string to a list or use the array module:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; s = "Hello, world"&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a = list(s)&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;print a&lt;br /&gt;['H', 'e', 'l', 'l', 'o', ',', ' ', 'w', 'o', 'r', 'l', 'd']&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a[7:] = list("there!")&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;''.join(a)&lt;br /&gt;'Hello, there!'&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; import array&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a = array.array('c', s)&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; print a&lt;br /&gt;array('c', 'Hello, world')&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a[0] = 'y' ; print a&lt;br /&gt;array('c', 'yello world')&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; a.tostring()&lt;br /&gt;'yello, world'&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;5. How do I use strings to call functions/methods? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;There are various techniques.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* The best is to use a dictionary that maps strings to functions. The primary advantage of this technique is that the strings do not need to match the names of the functions. This is also the primary technique used to emulate a case construct:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def a():&lt;br /&gt;pass&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def b():&lt;br /&gt;pass&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;dispatch = {'go': a, 'stop': b} # Note lack of parens for funcs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;dispatch[get_input()]() # Note trailing parens to call function&lt;br /&gt;*&lt;br /&gt;Use the built-in function getattr():&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;import foo&lt;br /&gt;getattr(foo, 'bar')()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note that getattr() works on any object, including classes, class instances, modules, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is used in several places in the standard library, like this:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class Foo:&lt;br /&gt;def do_foo(self):&lt;br /&gt;...&lt;br /&gt;def do_bar(self):&lt;br /&gt;...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;f = getattr(foo_instance, 'do_' + opname)&lt;br /&gt;f()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*&lt;br /&gt;Use locals() or eval() to resolve the function name:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def myFunc():&lt;br /&gt;print "hello"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;fname = "myFunc"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;f = locals()[fname]&lt;br /&gt;f()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;f = eval(fname)&lt;br /&gt;f()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: Using eval() is slow and dangerous. If you don't have absolute control over the contents of the string, someone could pass a string that resulted in an arbitrary function being executed. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;6. Is there an equivalent to Perl's chomp() for removing trailing newlines from strings? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Starting with Python 2.2, you can use S.rstrip("\r\n") to remove all occurences of any line terminator from the end of the string S without removing other trailing whitespace. If the string S represents more than one line, with several empty lines at the end, the line terminators for all the blank lines will be removed:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; lines = ("line 1 \r\n"&lt;br /&gt;... "\r\n"&lt;br /&gt;... "\r\n")&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; lines.rstrip("\n\r")&lt;br /&gt;"line 1 "&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since this is typically only desired when reading text one line at a time, using S.rstrip() this way works well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For older versions of Python, There are two partial substitutes:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* If you want to remove all trailing whitespace, use the rstrip() method of string objects. This removes all trailing whitespace, not just a single newline.&lt;br /&gt;* Otherwise, if there is only one line in the string S, use S.splitlines()[0].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;7. Why does os.path.isdir() fail on NT shared directories? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The solution appears to be always append the "\" on the end of shared drives.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; import os&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;os.path.isdir( '\\\\rorschach\\public')&lt;br /&gt;0&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;os.path.isdir( '\\\\rorschach\\public\\')&lt;br /&gt;1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It helps to think of share points as being like drive letters. Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;k: is not a directory&lt;br /&gt;k:\ is a directory&lt;br /&gt;k:\media is a directory&lt;br /&gt;k:\media\ is not a directory&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The same rules apply if you substitute "k:" with "\conkyfoo":&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;\\conky\foo is not a directory&lt;br /&gt;\\conky\foo\ is a directory&lt;br /&gt;\\conky\foo\media is a directory&lt;br /&gt;\\conky\foo\media\ is not a directory&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Web Python &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some host providers only let you run CGI scripts in a certain directory, often named cgi-bin. In this case all you have to do to run the script is to call it like this:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://my_server.tld/cgi-bin/my_script.py&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The script will have to be made executable by "others". Give it a 755 permission or check the executable boxes if there is a graphical FTP interface.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some hosts let you run CGI scripts in any directory. In some of these hosts you don't have to do anything do configure the directories. In others you will have to add these lines to a file named .htaccess in the directory you want to run CGI scripts from:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Options +ExecCGI&lt;br /&gt;AddHandler cgi-script .py&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the file does not exist create it. All directories below a directory with a .htaccess file will inherit the configurations. So if you want to be able to run CGI scripts from all directories create this file in the document root.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To run a script saved at the root:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://my_server.tld/my_script.py&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If it was saved in some directory:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://my_server.tld/some_dir/some_subdir/my_script.py&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Make sure all text files you upload to the server are uploaded as text (not binary), specially if you are in Windows, otherwise you will have problems.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;?xml:namespace prefix = o /&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;8.How can my code discover the name of an object?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Generally speaking, it can't, because objects don't really have names. Essentially, assignment always binds a name to a value; The same is true of def and class statements, but in that case the value is a callable. Consider the following code:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class A:&lt;br /&gt;pass&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;B = A&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a = B()&lt;br /&gt;b = a&lt;br /&gt;print b&lt;br /&gt;&lt;__main__.a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;print a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;__main__.a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Arguably the class has a name: even though it is bound to two names and invoked through the name B the created instance is still reported as an instance of class A. However, it is impossible to say whether the instance's name is a or b, since both names are bound to the same value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Generally speaking it should not be necessary for your code to "know the names" of particular values. Unless you are deliberately writing introspective programs, this is usually an indication that a change of approach might be beneficial.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In comp.lang.python, Fredrik Lundh once gave an excellent analogy in answer to this question:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The same way as you get the name of that cat you found on your porch: the cat (object) itself cannot tell you its name, and it doesn't really care -- so the only way to find out what it's called is to ask all your neighbours (namespaces) if it's their cat (object)...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;....and don't be surprised if you'll find that it's known by many names, or no name at all! &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;9. Is there an equivalent of C's "?:" ternary operator? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;No.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;10. How do I convert a number to a string? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;To convert, e.g., the number 144 to the string '144', use the built-in function str(). If you want a hexadecimal or octal representation, use the built-in functions hex() or oct(). For fancy formatting, use the % operator on strings, e.g. "%04d" % 144 yields '0144' and "%.3f" % (1/3.0) yields '0.333'. See the library reference manual for details. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;11How do I read (or write) binary data? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;or complex data formats, it's best to use the struct module. It allows you to take a string containing binary data (usually numbers) and convert it to Python objects; and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, the following code reads two 2-byte integers and one 4-byte integer in big-endian format from a file:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;import struct&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;f = open(filename, "rb") # Open in binary mode for portability&lt;br /&gt;s = f.read(8)&lt;br /&gt;x, y, z = struct.unpack("&gt;hhl", s)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The '&gt;' in the format string forces big-endian data; the letter 'h' reads one "short integer" (2 bytes), and 'l' reads one "long integer" (4 bytes) from the string.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;12.How do I run a subprocess with pipes connected to both input and output? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Use the popen2 module. For example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;import popen2&lt;br /&gt;fromchild, tochild = popen2.popen2("command")&lt;br /&gt;tochild.write("input\n")&lt;br /&gt;tochild.flush()&lt;br /&gt;output = fromchild.readline()&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;13.How can I mimic CGI form submission (METHOD=POST)? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;I would like to retrieve web pages that are the result of POSTing a form. Is there existing code that would let me do this easily?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yes. Here's a simple example that uses httplib:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;#!/usr/local/bin/python&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;import httplib, sys, time&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;### build the query string&lt;br /&gt;qs = "First=Josephine&amp;amp;MI=Q&amp;amp;Last=Public"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;### connect and send the server a path&lt;br /&gt;httpobj = httplib.HTTP('www.some-server.out-there', 80)&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putrequest('POST', '/cgi-bin/some-cgi-script')&lt;br /&gt;### now generate the rest of the HTTP headers...&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putheader('Accept', '*/*')&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putheader('Connection', 'Keep-Alive')&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putheader('Content-type', 'application/x-www-form-urlencoded')&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.putheader('Content-length', '%d' % len(qs))&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.endheaders()&lt;br /&gt;httpobj.send(qs)&lt;br /&gt;### find out what the server said in response...&lt;br /&gt;reply, msg, hdrs = httpobj.getreply()&lt;br /&gt;if reply != 200:&lt;br /&gt;sys.stdout.write(httpobj.getfile().read())&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note that in general for URL-encoded POST operations, query strings must be quoted by using urllib.quote(). For example to send name="Guy Steele, Jr.":&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; from urllib import quote&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; x = quote("Guy Steele, Jr.")&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; x&lt;br /&gt;'Guy%20Steele,%20Jr.'&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; query_string = "name="+x&lt;br /&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; query_string&lt;br /&gt;'name=Guy%20Steele,%20Jr.'&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;14. How do I emulate os.kill() in Windows? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Use win32api:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def kill(pid):&lt;br /&gt;"""kill function for Win32"""&lt;br /&gt;import win32api&lt;br /&gt;handle = win32api.OpenProcess(1, 0, pid)&lt;br /&gt;return (0 != win32api.TerminateProcess(handle, 0))&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;15. How do I call a method defined in a base class from a derived class that overrides it?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;If you're using new-style classes, use the built-in super() function:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class Derived(Base):&lt;br /&gt;def meth (self):&lt;br /&gt;super(Derived, self).meth()&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you're using classic classes: For a class definition such as class Derived(Base): ... you can call method meth() defined in Base (or one of Base's base classes) as Base.meth(self, arguments...). Here, Base.meth is an unbound method, so you need to provide the self argument. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;16. How can I organize my code to make it easier to change the base class? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;You could define an alias for the base class, assign the real base class to it before your class definition, and use the alias throughout your class. Then all you have to change is the value assigned to the alias. Incidentally, this trick is also handy if you want to decide dynamically (e.g. depending on availability of resources) which base class to use. Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BaseAlias = &lt;real&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class Derived(BaseAlias):&lt;br /&gt;def meth(self):&lt;br /&gt;BaseAlias.meth(self)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;17. How do I create static class data and static class methods? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Static data (in the sense of C++ or Java) is easy; static methods (again in the sense of C++ or Java) are not supported directly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For static data, simply define a class attribute. To assign a new value to the attribute, you have to explicitly use the class name in the assignment:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class C:&lt;br /&gt;count = 0 # number of times C.__init__ called&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def __init__(self):&lt;br /&gt;C.count = C.count + 1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def getcount(self):&lt;br /&gt;return C.count # or return self.count&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;c.count also refers to C.count for any c such that isinstance(c, C) holds, unless overridden by c itself or by some class on the base-class search path from c.__class__ back to C.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Caution: within a method of C, an assignment like self.count = 42 creates a new and unrelated instance vrbl named "count" in self's own dict. Rebinding of a class-static data name must always specify the class whether inside a method or not:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;C.count = 314&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Static methods are possible when you're using new-style classes:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class C:&lt;br /&gt;def static(arg1, arg2, arg3):&lt;br /&gt;# No 'self' parameter!&lt;br /&gt;...&lt;br /&gt;static = staticmethod(static)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;However, a far more straightforward way to get the effect of a static method is via a simple module-level function:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;def getcount():&lt;br /&gt;return C.count&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If your code is structured so as to define one class (or tightly related class hierarchy) per module, this supplies the desired encapsulation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;18. How can I overload constructors (or methods) in Python? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;This answer actually applies to all methods, but the question usually comes up first in the context of constructors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In C++ you'd write&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;class C {&lt;br /&gt;C() { cout &lt;&lt; "No arguments\n"; } C(int i) { cout &lt;&lt; "Argument is " &lt;&lt; i="None):"&gt;&lt;p style="MARGIN: 0in 0in 0pt" class="answers"&gt;&lt;span class="forquestionsblue"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;19. How do I use Python for CGI?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="COLOR: rgb(0,204,255)"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;On the Microsoft IIS server or on the Win95 MS Personal Web Server you set up Python in the same way that you would set up any other scripting engine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Run regedt32 and go to:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\W3SVC\Parameters\ScriptMap&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and enter the following line (making any specific changes that your system may need):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;.py :REG_SZ: c:\\python.exe -u %s %s&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This line will allow you to call your script with a simple reference like: http://yourserver/scripts/yourscript.py provided "scripts" is an "executable" directory for your server (which it usually is by default). The "-u" flag specifies unbuffered and binary mode for stdin - needed when working with binary data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In addition, it is recommended that using ".py" may not be a good idea for the file extensions when used in this context (you might want to reserve *.py for support modules and use *.cgi or *.cgp for "main program" scripts).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In order to set up Internet Information Services 5 to use Python for CGI processing, please see the following links:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.e-coli.net/pyiis_server.html (for Win2k Server) http://www.e-coli.net/pyiis.html (for Win2k pro)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Configuring Apache is much simpler. In the Apache configuration file httpd.conf, add the following line at the end of the file:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ScriptInterpreterSource Registry&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then, give your Python CGI-scripts the extension .py and put them in the cgi-bin directory&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:18;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-1220352523029969826?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/1220352523029969826/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/python-interview-questions.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/1220352523029969826'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/1220352523029969826'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/python-interview-questions.html' title='Python Interview Questions'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-8226161185561503181</id><published>2008-08-15T05:17:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.801-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Oracle Interview Questions'/><title type='text'>Oracle SQL*Plus Statements</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;            &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; 100. What are the types of SQL statement?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Data Definition Language: CREATE, ALTER, DROP, TRUNCATE, REVOKE, NO AUDIT &amp;amp; COMMIT.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Data Manipulation Language: INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, LOCK TABLE, EXPLAIN PLAN &amp;amp; SELECT.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Transactional Control: COMMIT &amp;amp; ROLLBACK&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Session Control: ALTERSESSION &amp;amp; SET ROLE&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;System Control: ALTER SYSTEM.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;101. What is a transaction?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Transaction is logical unit between two commits and commit and rollback.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;102. What is difference between TRUNCATE &amp;amp; DELETE?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;TRUNCATE commits after deleting entire table i.e., cannot be rolled back.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Database triggers do not fire on TRUNCATE&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;DELETE allows the filtered deletion. Deleted records can be rolled back or committed.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Database triggers fire on DELETE.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;103. What is a join? Explain the different types of joins?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Join is a query, which retrieves related columns or rows from multiple tables.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Self Join - Joining the table with itself.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Equi Join - Joining two tables by equating two common columns.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Non-Equi Join - Joining two tables by equating two common columns.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Outer Join - Joining two tables in such a way that query can also retrieve rows that do not have corresponding join value in the other table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;104. What is the sub-query?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Sub-query is a query whose return values are used in filtering conditions of the main query.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;105. What is correlated sub-query?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Correlated sub-query is a sub-query, which has reference to the main query.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;106. Explain CONNECT BY PRIOR?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;Retrieves rows in hierarchical order eg. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;select empno, ename from emp where.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;107. Difference between SUBSTR and INSTR?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;INSTR (String1, String2 (n, (m)),&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;INSTR returns the position of the m-th occurrence of the string 2 in string1. The search begins from nth position of string1.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;SUBSTR (String1 n, m)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;SUBSTR returns a character string of size m in string1, starting from n-th position of string1.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;108. Explain UNION, MINUS, &lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;UNION&lt;/st1:place&gt; ALL and INTERSECT?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;INTERSECT&lt;span style=""&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;- returns all distinct rows selected by both queries.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;MINUS&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;          &lt;/span&gt;- returns all distinct rows selected by the first query but not by the second.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;st1:place st="on"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;UNION&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/st1:place&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;- returns all distinct rows selected by either query&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;UNION ALL&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;- returns all rows selected by either query, including all duplicates.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;109. What is ROWID?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;ROWID is a pseudo column attached to each row of a table. It is 18 characters long, blockno, rownumber are the components of ROWID.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;110. What is the fastest way of accessing a row in a table?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Using ROWID.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;CONSTRAINTS&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;111. What is an integrity constraint?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Integrity constraint is a rule that restricts values to a column in a table.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;112. What is referential integrity constraint?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Maintaining data integrity through a set of rules that restrict the values of one or more columns of the tables based on the values of primary key or unique key of the referenced table.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;113. What is the usage of SAVEPOINTS? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;SAVEPOINTS are used to subdivide a transaction into smaller parts. It enables rolling back part of a transaction. Maximum of five save points are allowed.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;114.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;What is ON DELETE CASCADE?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;When ON DELETE CASCADE is specified Oracle maintains referential integrity by automatically removing dependent foreign key values if a referenced primary or unique key value is removed.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;115. What are the data types allowed in a table?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;CHAR, VARCHAR2, NUMBER, DATE, RAW, LONG and LONG RAW.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;116. What is difference between CHAR and VARCHAR2?&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;What is the maximum SIZE allowed for each type?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;CHAR pads blank spaces to the maximum length. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;VARCHAR2 does not pad blank spaces.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;For CHAR the maximum length is 255 and 2000 for VARCHAR2.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;117.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;How many LONG columns are allowed in a table? Is it possible to use LONG columns in WHERE clause or ORDER BY?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Only one LONG column is allowed. It is not possible to use LONG column in WHERE or ORDER BY clause.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;118. What are the pre-requisites t&lt;span style="color: black;"&gt;o modify datatype of a column and to add a column with NOT NULL constraint?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;- To modify the datatype of a column the column must be empty.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;- To add a column with NOT NULL constrain, the table must be empty.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;119. Where the integrity constraints are stored in data dictionary?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The integrity constraints are stored in USER_CONSTRAINTS.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;120. How will you activate/deactivate integrity constraints?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The integrity constraints can be enabled or disabled by ALTER TABLE ENABLE CONSTRAINT / DISABLE CONSTRAINT.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;121. If unique key constraint on DATE column is created, will it validate the rows that are inserted with SYSDATE?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;It won't, Because SYSDATE format contains time attached with it.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;122. What is a database link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Database link is a named path through which a remote database can be accessed.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;123. How to access the current value and next value from a sequence? Is it possible to access the current value in a session before accessing next value?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;Sequence name CURRVAL, sequence name NEXTVAL. It is not possible. Only if you access next value in the session, current value can be accessed.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;124. What is CYCLE/NO CYCLE in a Sequence?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;CYCLE specifies that the sequence continue to generate values after reaching either maximum or minimum value. After pan-ascending sequence reaches its maximum value, it generates its minimum value. After a descending sequence reaches its minimum, it generates its maximum.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;NO CYCLE specifies that the sequence cannot generate more values after reaching its maximum or minimum value.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;125. What are the advantages of VIEW?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- To protect some of the columns of a table from other users.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- To hide complexity of a query.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- To hide complexity of calculations.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;126. Can a view be updated/inserted/deleted? If Yes - under what conditions?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A View can be updated/deleted/inserted if it has only one base table if the view is based on columns from one or more tables then insert, update and delete is not possible.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;127. If a view on a single base table is manipulated will the changes be reflected on the base table?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;If changes are made to the tables and these tables are the base tables of a view, then the changes will be reference on the view.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Courier New&amp;quot;;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Courier New&amp;quot;;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Courier New&amp;quot;;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 10pt; font-family: Arial;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt; &lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-8226161185561503181?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/8226161185561503181/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-sqlplus-statements.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/8226161185561503181'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/8226161185561503181'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-sqlplus-statements.html' title='Oracle SQL*Plus Statements'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-824822269375588855</id><published>2008-08-15T05:16:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.801-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Oracle Interview Questions'/><title type='text'>Oracle Database Logical &amp; Physical Architecture</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;64. What is Database Buffers?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Database buffers are cache in the SGA used to hold the data blocks that are read from the data segments in the database such as tables, indexes and clusters DB_BLOCK_BUFFERS parameter in INIT.ORA decides the size.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;65. What is dictionary cache?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Dictionary cache is information about the database objects stored in a data dictionary table.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;66. What is meant by recursive hints?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Number of times processes repeatedly query the dictionary table is called recursive hints. It is due to the data dictionary cache is too small. By increasing the SHARED_POOL_SIZE parameter we can optimize the size of data dictionary cache.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;67. What is redo log buffer?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Changes made to the records are written to the on-line redo log files. So that they can be used in roll forward operations during database recoveries. Before writing them into the redo log files, they will first brought to redo log buffers in SGA and LGWR will write into files frequently. LOG_BUFFER parameter will decide the size.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;68. How will you swap objects into a different table space for an existing database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Export the user&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Perform import using the command imp system/manager file=export.dmp indexfile=newrite.sql. This will create all definitions into newfile.sql.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Drop necessary objects.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Run the script newfile.sql after altering the tablespaces.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Import from the backup for the necessary objects.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;69. List the Optional Flexible Architecture (OFA) of Oracle database?&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;How can we organize the tablespaces in Oracle database to have maximum performance?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;SYSTEM - Data dictionary tables.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;DATA&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;- Standard operational tables.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;DATA2- Static tables used for standard operations&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;INDEXES - Indexes for Standard operational tables.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;INDEXES1 - Indexes of static tables used for standard operations.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;TOOLS - Tools table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;TOOLS1 - Indexes for tools table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;RBS - Standard Operations Rollback Segments,&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;RBS1,RBS2 - Additional/Special Rollback segments.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;TEMP - Temporary purpose tablespace&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;TEMP_USER - Temporary tablespace for users.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;USERS - User tablespace.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;70. How will you force database to use particular rollback segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;SET TRANSACTION USE ROLLBACK SEGMENT rbs_name.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;71. What is meant by free extent?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;A free extent is a collection of continuous free blocks in tablespace. When a segment is dropped its extents are reallocated and are marked as free.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;72.Which parameter in Storage clause will reduce number of rows per block?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;PCTFREE parameter&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;Row size also reduces no of rows per block.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;73. What is the significance of having storage clause?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;We can plan the storage for a table as how much initial extents are required, how much can be extended next, how much % should leave free for managing row updating, etc.,&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;74. How does Space allocation table place within a block?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Each block contains entries as follows &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Fixed block header&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Variable block header&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Row Header, row date (multiple rows may exists)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;PCTEREE (% of free space for row updating in future)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;75. What is the role of PCTFREE parameter is storage clause?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;This is used to reserve certain amount of space in a block for expansion of rows.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;76. What is the OPTIMAL parameter?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;It is used to set the optimal length of a rollback segment.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;77. What is the functionality of SYSTEM table space?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;To manage the database level transactions such as modifications of the data dictionary table that record information about the free space usage.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;78. How will you create multiple rollback segments in a database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;- Create a database, which implicitly creates a SYSTEM rollback segment in a SYSTEM tablespace.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Create a second rollback segment name R0 in the SYSTEM tablespace.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Make new rollback segment available (after shutdown, modify init.ora file and start database)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Create other tablespaces (RBS) for rollback segments.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Deactivate rollback segment R0 and activate the newly created rollback segments.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;79. How the space utilization takes place within rollback segments?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;It will try to fit the transaction in a cyclic fashion to all existing extents. Once it found an extent is in use then it forced to acquire a new extent (number of extents is based on the optimal size)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;80. Why query fails sometimes?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Rollback segment dynamically extent to handle larger transactions entry loads.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;A single transaction may wipeout all available free space in the rollback segment tablespace. This prevents other user using rollback segments.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;81. How will you monitor the space allocation?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;By querying DBA_SEGMENT table/view&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;82. How will you monitor rollback segment status?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Querying the DBA_ROLLBACK_SEGS view&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;IN USE&lt;span style=""&gt;                        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;- Rollback Segment is on-line.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;AVAILABLE&lt;span style=""&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;                  &lt;/span&gt;- Rollback Segment available but not on-line.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;OFF-LINE&lt;span style=""&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;                 &lt;/span&gt;- Rollback Segment off-line&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;INVALID&lt;span style=""&gt;                    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;- Rollback Segment Dropped.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;NEEDS RECOVERY&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;- Contains data but need recovery or corrupted.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;PARTLY AVAILABLE&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;- Contains data from an unresolved transaction involving a&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;                                           &lt;/span&gt;distributed database.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;83. List the sequence of events when a large transaction that exceeds beyond its optimal value when an entry wraps and causes the rollback segment to expand into another extend.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Transaction Begins.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;An entry is made in the RES header for new transactions entry&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Transaction acquires blocks in an extent of RBS&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The entry attempts to wrap into second extent. None is available, so that the RBS must extent.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The RBS checks to see if it is part of its OPTIMAL size. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;RBS chooses its oldest inactive segment.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Oldest inactive segment is eliminated.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;RBS extents&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The data dictionary tables for space management are updated.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Transaction Completes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;84. How can we plan storage for very large tables?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Limit the number of extents in the table&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;Separate table from its indexes.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Allocate sufficient temporary storage.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;85. How will you estimate the space required by a non-clustered tables?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Calculate the total header size&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Calculate the available data space per data block&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Calculate the combined column lengths of the average row &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Calculate the total average row size.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Calculate the average number rows that can fit in a block&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Calculate the number of blocks and bytes required for the table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;After arriving the calculation, add 10 % additional space to calculate the initial extent size for a working table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;86. It is possible to use raw devices as data files and what are the advantages over file system files?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Yes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The advantages over file system files are that I/O will be improved because Oracle is bye-passing the kernel which writing into disk. Disk corruption will be very less.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;87. What is a Control file?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Database's overall physical architecture is maintained in a file called control file. It will be used to maintain internal consistency and guide recovery operations. Multiple copies of control files are advisable.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;88. How to implement the multiple control files for an existing database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Shutdown the database&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Copy one of the existing controlfile to new location&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Edit Config ora file by adding new control filename&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Restart the database.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;89. What is redo log file mirroring?&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;How can be achieved?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Process of having a copy of redo log files is called mirroring.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;This can be achieved by creating group of log files together, so that LGWR will automatically writes them to all the members of the current on-line redo log group. If any one group fails then database automatically switch over to next group. It degrades performance.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;90. What is advantage of having disk shadowing / mirroring?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Shadow set of disks save as a backup in the event of disk failure. In most operating systems if any disk failure occurs it automatically switchover to place of failed disk.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Improved performance because most OS support volume shadowing can direct file I/O request to use the shadow set of files instead of the main set of files. This reduces I/O load on the main set of disks.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;91. What is use of rollback segments in Oracle database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;They allow the database to maintain read consistency between multiple transactions.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;92. What is a rollback segment entry?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;It is the set of before image data blocks that contain rows that are modified by a transaction.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Each rollback segment entry must be completed within one rollback segment.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;A single rollback segment can have multiple rollback segment entries.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;93. What is hit ratio?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;It is a measure of well the data cache buffer is handling requests for data.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Hit Ratio = (Logical Reads - Physical Reads - Hits Misses)/ Logical Reads.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;94. When will be a segment released?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;When Segment is dropped.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;When Shrink (RBS only)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;When truncated (TRUNCATE used with drop storage option)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;95. What are disadvantages of having raw devices?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;We should depend on export/import utility for backup/recovery (fully reliable)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The tar command cannot be used for physical file backup, instead we can use dd command, which is less flexible and has limited recoveries.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;96. List the factors that can affect the accuracy of the estimations?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- The space used transaction entries and deleted records, does not become free immediately after completion due to delayed cleanout. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Trailing nulls and length bytes are not stored.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Inserts of, updates to and deletes of rows as well as columns larger than a single data block, can cause fragmentation a chained row pieces.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h2&gt;Database Security &amp;amp; Administration&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;97. What is user Account in Oracle database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A user account is not a physical structure in database but it is having important relationship to the objects in the database and will be having certain privileges.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;98. How will you enforce security using stored procedures?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Don't grant user access directly to tables within the application.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Instead grant the ability to access the procedures that access the tables.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;When procedure executed it will execute the privilege of procedures owner. Users cannot access tables except via the procedure.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;99. What are the dictionary tables used to monitor a database space?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;DBA_FREE_SPACE&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;DBA_SEGMENTS&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;DBA_DATA_FILES.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-824822269375588855?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/824822269375588855/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-database-logical-physical.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/824822269375588855'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/824822269375588855'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-database-logical-physical.html' title='Oracle Database Logical &amp;amp; Physical Architecture'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-545756322440850894</id><published>2008-08-15T05:14:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.802-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Oracle Interview Questions'/><title type='text'>Oracle Memory Management</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: normal;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;59. What is SGA? &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The System Global Area in an Oracle database is the area in memory to facilitate the transfer of information between users. It holds the most recently requested structural information between users. It holds the most recently requested structural information about the database. The structure is database buffers, dictionary cache, redo log buffer and shared pool area.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;60. What is a shared pool?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The data dictionary cache is stored in an area in SGA called the shared pool. This will allow sharing of parsed SQL statements among concurrent users.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;61. What is mean by Program Global Area (PGA)?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;It is area in memory that is used by a single Oracle user process.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;62. What is a data segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Data segment are the physical areas within a database block in which the data associated with tables and clusters are stored.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;63. What are the factors causing the reparsing of SQL statements in SGA?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;Due to insufficient shared pool size.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Monitor the ratio of the reloads takes place while executing SQL statements. If the ratio is greater than 1 then increase the SHARED_POOL_SIZE.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-545756322440850894?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/545756322440850894/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-memory-management.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/545756322440850894'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/545756322440850894'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-memory-management.html' title='Oracle Memory Management'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-4224106623528170998</id><published>2008-08-15T05:13:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.802-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Oracle Interview Questions'/><title type='text'>Oracle Data Base Administration</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;51. What is a database instance? Explain. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A database instance (Server) is a set of memory structure and background processes that access a set of database files. The processes can be shared by all of the users.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The memory structure that is used to store the most queried data from database. This helps up to improve database performance by decreasing the amount of I/O performed against data file.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;52. What is Parallel Server?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Multiple instances accessing the same database (only in multi-CPU environments)&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;53. What is a schema?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The set of objects owned by user account is called the schema.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;54.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;What is an index? How it is implemented in Oracle database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;An index is a database structure used by the server to have direct access of a row in a table. An index is automatically created when a unique of primary key constraint clause is specified in create table command &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;55. What are clusters?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Group of tables physically stored together because they share common columns and are often used together is called cluster.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;56. What is a cluster key?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The related columns of the tables are called the cluster key.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;The cluster key is indexed using a cluster index and its value is stored only once for multiple tables in the cluster.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;57. What are the basic element of base configuration of an Oracle database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;It consists of&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;one or more data files.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;one or more control files.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;two or more redo log files.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The Database contains&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;multiple users/schemas&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;one or more rollback segments&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;one or more tablespaces&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;Data dictionary tables&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;User objects (table,indexes,views etc.,)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The server that access the database consists of&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;SGA (Database buffer, Dictionary Cache Buffers, Redo log buffers, Shared SQL pool)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;SMON (System MONito)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;PMON (Process MONitor)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;LGWR (LoG&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;Write)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;DBWR (Data Base Write)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;ARCH (ARCHiver)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;CKPT&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;(Check Point)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;RECO &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;Dispatcher&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;            &lt;/span&gt;User Process with associated PGS&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;58. What is a deadlock? Explain.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Two processes waiting to update the rows of a table, which are locked by other processes then deadlock arises.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;In a database environment this will often happen because of not issuing the proper row lock commands. Poor design of front-end application may cause this situation and the performance of server will reduce drastically.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;These locks will be released automatically when a commit/rollback operation performed or any one of this processes being killed externally.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-4224106623528170998?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/4224106623528170998/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-data-base-administration.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/4224106623528170998'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/4224106623528170998'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-data-base-administration.html' title='Oracle Data Base Administration'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-5382275805336069245</id><published>2008-08-15T05:10:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.802-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Oracle Interview Questions'/><title type='text'>Oracle Concepts and Architecture Database StructuresOracle Concepts and Architecture Database Structures</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;      &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;1. What are the components of physical database structure of Oracle database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Oracle database is comprised of three types of files. One or more datafiles, two are more redo log files, and one or more control files.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;2. What are the components of logical database structure of Oracle database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;There are tablespaces and database's schema objects.&lt;span style="color: aqua;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: aqua;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;3. What is a tablespace?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A database is divided into Logical Storage Unit called tablespaces. A tablespace is used to grouped related logical structures together.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;4. What is SYSTEM tablespace and when is it created?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Every Oracle database contains a tablespace named SYSTEM, which is automatically created when the database is created. The SYSTEM tablespace always contains the data dictionary tables for the entire database.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;5. Explain the relationship among database, tablespace and data file.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Each databases logically divided into one or more tablespaces one or more data files are explicitly created for each tablespace.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;6. What is schema?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;A schema is collection of database objects of a user.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;7. What are Schema Objects?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Schema objects are the logical structures that directly refer to the database's data. Schema objects include tables, views, sequences, synonyms, indexes, clusters, database triggers, procedures, functions packages and database links.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;8. Can objects of the same schema reside in different tablespaces?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;Yes.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;9. Can a tablespace hold objects from different schemes?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;Yes.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;10. What is Oracle table?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A table is the basic unit of data storage in an Oracle database. The tables of a database hold all of the user accessible data. Table data is stored in rows and columns.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;11. What is an Oracle view?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A view is a virtual table. Every view has a query attached to it. (The query is a SELECT statement that identifies the columns and rows of the table(s) the view uses.)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;12. Do a view contain data?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Views do not contain or store data&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;13. Can a view based on another view?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;Yes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;14. What are the advantages of views?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Provide an additional level of table security, by restricting access to a predetermined set of rows and columns of a table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Hide data complexity.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Simplify commands for the user.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Present the data in a different perspective from that of the base table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;- Store complex queries.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;15. What is an Oracle sequence?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A sequence generates a serial list of unique numbers for numerical columns of a database's tables.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;16.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;What is a synonym?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A synonym is an alias for a table, view, sequence or program unit.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;17. What are the types of synonyms?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;There are two types of synonyms private and public&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;18. What is a private synonym?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Only its owner can access a private synonym&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;19. What is a public synonym?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Any database user can access a public synonym&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;20. What are synonyms used for?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;-&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;Mask the real name and owner of an object.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h1&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; color: blue; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;- Provide public access to an object&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyTextIndent"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; color: blue; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;- Provide location transparency for tables, views or program units of a remote database. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyTextIndent"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; color: blue; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;- Simplify the SQL statements for database users.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;21. What is an Oracle index?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;An index is an optional structure associated with a table to have direct access to rows, which can be created to increase the performance of data retrieval. Index can be created on one or more columns of a table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;22.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;How are the index updates?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;Indexes are automatically maintained and used by Oracle. Changes to table data are automatically incorporated into all relevant indexes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;23. What are clusters?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Clusters are groups of one or more tables physically stores together to share common columns and are often used together.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyTextIndent" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;24. What is cluster key?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The related columns of the tables in a cluster are called the cluster key&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;25. What is index cluster?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A cluster with an index on the cluster key.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;26. What is hash cluster?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A row is stored in a hash cluster based on the result of applying a hash function to the row's cluster key value. All rows with the same hash key value are stores together on disk.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;27. When can hash cluster used?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Hash clusters are better choice when a table is often queried with equality queries. For such queries the specified cluster key value is hashed. The resulting hash key value points directly to the area on disk that stores the specified rows.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;28. What is database link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;A database link is a named object that describes a "path" from one database to another.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;29. What are the types of database links?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Private database link, public database link &amp;amp; network database link.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;30. What is private database link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Private database link is created on behalf of a specific user. A private database link can be used only when the owner of the link specifies a global object name in a SQL statement or in the definition of the owner's views or procedures.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;31. What is public database link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Public database link is created for the special user group PUBLIC. A public database link can be used when any user in the associated database specifies a global object name in a SQL statement or object definition.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;32.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;What is network database link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Network database link is created and managed by a network domain service. A network database link can be used when any user of any database in the network specifies a global object name in a SQL statement or object definition.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;33. What is data block?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Oracle database's data is stored in data blocks. One data block corresponds to a specific number of bytes of physical database space on disk.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;34. How to define data block size?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A data block size is specified for each Oracle database when the database is created. A database users and allocated free database space in Oracle data blocks. Block size is specified in init.ora file and cannot be changed latter.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;35. What is row chaining?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;In circumstances, all of the data for a row in a table may not be able to fit in the same data block. When this occurs, the data for the row is stored in a chain of data block (one or more) reserved for that segment.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;36. What is an extent?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;An extent is a specific number of contiguous data blocks, obtained in a single allocation and used to store a specific type of information.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;37.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;What is a segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A segment is a set of extents allocated for a certain logical structure.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;38. What are the different types of segments?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Data segment, index segment, rollback segment and temporary segment.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;39. What is a data segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Each non-clustered table has a data segment. All of the table's data is stored in the extents of its data segment. Each cluster has a data segment. The data of every table in the cluster is stored in the cluster's data segment.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;40. What is an index segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Each index has an index segment that stores all of its data.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;41. What is rollback segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A database contains one or more rollback segments to temporarily store "undo" information.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;42. What are the uses of rollback segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;To generate read-consistent database information during database recovery and to rollback uncommitted transactions by the users.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;43. What is a temporary segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Temporary segments are created by Oracle when a SQL statement needs a temporary work area to complete execution. When the statement finishes execution, the temporary segment extents are released to the system for future use.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;44. What is a datafile?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Every Oracle database has one or more physical data files. A database's data files contain all the database data. The data of logical database structures such as tables and indexes is physically stored in the data files allocated for a database.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;45. What are the characteristics of data files?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;A data file can be associated with only one database. Once created a data file can't change size. One or more data files form a logical unit of database storage called a tablespace.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;46. What is a redo log?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The set of redo log files for a database is collectively known as the database redo log.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;47. What is the function of redo log?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The primary function of the redo log is to record all changes made to data.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;48. What is the use of redo log information?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The information in a redo log file is used only to recover the database from a system or media failure prevents database data from being written to a database's data files.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;49. What does a control file contains?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Database name&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Names and locations of a database's files and redolog files.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Time stamp of database creation.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;50. What is the use of control file?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;When an instance of an Oracle database is started, its control file is used to identify the database and redo log files that must be opened for database operation to proceed. It is also used in database recovery.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; color: blue;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-5382275805336069245?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/5382275805336069245/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-concepts-and-architecture.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/5382275805336069245'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/5382275805336069245'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/oracle-concepts-and-architecture.html' title='Oracle Concepts and Architecture Database StructuresOracle Concepts and Architecture Database Structures'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-5593830558431114087</id><published>2008-08-15T05:10:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.803-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Oracle Interview Questions'/><title type='text'>Oracle Concepts and Architecture Database StructuresOracle Concepts and Architecture Database Structures</title><content type='html'>  &lt;h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;      &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;1. What are the components of physical database structure of Oracle database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Oracle database is comprised of three types of files. One or more datafiles, two are more redo log files, and one or more control files.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;2. What are the components of logical database structure of Oracle database?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;There are tablespaces and database's schema objects.&lt;span style="color: aqua;"&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: aqua;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;3. What is a tablespace?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A database is divided into Logical Storage Unit called tablespaces. A tablespace is used to grouped related logical structures together.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;4. What is SYSTEM tablespace and when is it created?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Every Oracle database contains a tablespace named SYSTEM, which is automatically created when the database is created. The SYSTEM tablespace always contains the data dictionary tables for the entire database.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;5. Explain the relationship among database, tablespace and data file.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Each databases logically divided into one or more tablespaces one or more data files are explicitly created for each tablespace.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;6. What is schema?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;A schema is collection of database objects of a user.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;7. What are Schema Objects?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Schema objects are the logical structures that directly refer to the database's data. Schema objects include tables, views, sequences, synonyms, indexes, clusters, database triggers, procedures, functions packages and database links.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;8. Can objects of the same schema reside in different tablespaces?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;Yes.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;9. Can a tablespace hold objects from different schemes?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;Yes.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;10. What is Oracle table?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A table is the basic unit of data storage in an Oracle database. The tables of a database hold all of the user accessible data. Table data is stored in rows and columns.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;11. What is an Oracle view?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A view is a virtual table. Every view has a query attached to it. (The query is a SELECT statement that identifies the columns and rows of the table(s) the view uses.)&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;12. Do a view contain data?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Views do not contain or store data&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;13. Can a view based on another view?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;Yes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;14. What are the advantages of views?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Provide an additional level of table security, by restricting access to a predetermined set of rows and columns of a table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Hide data complexity.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Simplify commands for the user.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Present the data in a different perspective from that of the base table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3" style=""&gt;- Store complex queries.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;15. What is an Oracle sequence?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A sequence generates a serial list of unique numbers for numerical columns of a database's tables.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;16.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;What is a synonym?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A synonym is an alias for a table, view, sequence or program unit.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;17. What are the types of synonyms?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;There are two types of synonyms private and public&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;18. What is a private synonym?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Only its owner can access a private synonym&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;19. What is a public synonym?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;Any database user can access a public synonym&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;20. What are synonyms used for?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;-&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;Mask the real name and owner of an object.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h1&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; color: blue; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;- Provide public access to an object&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyTextIndent"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; color: blue; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;- Provide location transparency for tables, views or program units of a remote database. &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyTextIndent"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; color: blue; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;- Simplify the SQL statements for database users.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;21. What is an Oracle index?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;An index is an optional structure associated with a table to have direct access to rows, which can be created to increase the performance of data retrieval. Index can be created on one or more columns of a table.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;22.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;How are the index updates?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;Indexes are automatically maintained and used by Oracle. Changes to table data are automatically incorporated into all relevant indexes.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;23. What are clusters?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Clusters are groups of one or more tables physically stores together to share common columns and are often used together.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyTextIndent" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;24. What is cluster key?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;The related columns of the tables in a cluster are called the cluster key&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;25. What is index cluster?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-weight: normal;" lang="EN-GB"&gt;A cluster with an index on the cluster key.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;26. What is hash cluster?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A row is stored in a hash cluster based on the result of applying a hash function to the row's cluster key value. All rows with the same hash key value are stores together on disk.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;27. When can hash cluster used?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Hash clusters are better choice when a table is often queried with equality queries. For such queries the specified cluster key value is hashed. The resulting hash key value points directly to the area on disk that stores the specified rows.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;28. What is database link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;A database link is a named object that describes a "path" from one database to another.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;29. What are the types of database links?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Private database link, public database link &amp;amp; network database link.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;30. What is private database link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Private database link is created on behalf of a specific user. A private database link can be used only when the owner of the link specifies a global object name in a SQL statement or in the definition of the owner's views or procedures.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;31. What is public database link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Public database link is created for the special user group PUBLIC. A public database link can be used when any user in the associated database specifies a global object name in a SQL statement or object definition.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;32.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;What is network database link?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Network database link is created and managed by a network domain service. A network database link can be used when any user of any database in the network specifies a global object name in a SQL statement or object definition.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;33. What is data block?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;Oracle database's data is stored in data blocks. One data block corresponds to a specific number of bytes of physical database space on disk.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;34. How to define data block size?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A data block size is specified for each Oracle database when the database is created. A database users and allocated free database space in Oracle data blocks. Block size is specified in init.ora file and cannot be changed latter.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;35. What is row chaining?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;In circumstances, all of the data for a row in a table may not be able to fit in the same data block. When this occurs, the data for the row is stored in a chain of data block (one or more) reserved for that segment.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;36. What is an extent?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;An extent is a specific number of contiguous data blocks, obtained in a single allocation and used to store a specific type of information.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;37.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;What is a segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A segment is a set of extents allocated for a certain logical structure.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;38. What are the different types of segments?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Data segment, index segment, rollback segment and temporary segment.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;39. What is a data segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Each non-clustered table has a data segment. All of the table's data is stored in the extents of its data segment. Each cluster has a data segment. The data of every table in the cluster is stored in the cluster's data segment.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;40. What is an index segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Each index has an index segment that stores all of its data.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;41. What is rollback segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;A database contains one or more rollback segments to temporarily store "undo" information.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;42. What are the uses of rollback segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;To generate read-consistent database information during database recovery and to rollback uncommitted transactions by the users.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;43. What is a temporary segment?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Temporary segments are created by Oracle when a SQL statement needs a temporary work area to complete execution. When the statement finishes execution, the temporary segment extents are released to the system for future use.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;44. What is a datafile?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;Every Oracle database has one or more physical data files. A database's data files contain all the database data. The data of logical database structures such as tables and indexes is physically stored in the data files allocated for a database.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;45. What are the characteristics of data files?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;A data file can be associated with only one database. Once created a data file can't change size. One or more data files form a logical unit of database storage called a tablespace.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;46. What is a redo log?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The set of redo log files for a database is collectively known as the database redo log.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;47. What is the function of redo log?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The primary function of the redo log is to record all changes made to data.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;48. What is the use of redo log information?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoBodyText3"&gt;The information in a redo log file is used only to recover the database from a system or media failure prevents database data from being written to a database's data files.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;49. What does a control file contains?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Database name&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Names and locations of a database's files and redolog files.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style=""&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;- Time stamp of database creation.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;50. What is the use of control file?&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue;"&gt;When an instance of an Oracle database is started, its control file is used to identify the database and redo log files that must be opened for database operation to proceed. It is also used in database recovery.&lt;o:p&gt;&lt;/o:p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; color: blue;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-5593830558431114087?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/5593830558431114087/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/5593830558431114087'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/5593830558431114087'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-2775567314449925860</id><published>2008-08-15T05:08:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.803-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Software Testing interview questions'/><title type='text'>Software Testing Interview Questions</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3 class="post-title entry-title"&gt; &lt;a href="http://softwaretesting-interview-questions.blogspot.com/2008/07/software-testing-interview-questions.html"&gt;Software Testing Interview Questions&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/h3&gt;   Q: What if the application has functionality that wasn't&lt;br /&gt;in the requirements?&lt;br /&gt;A: It may take serious effort to determine if an application has significant&lt;br /&gt;unexpected or hidden functionality, which it would indicate deeper problems in&lt;br /&gt;the software development process. If the functionality isn't necessary to the&lt;br /&gt;purpose of the application, it should be removed, as it may have unknown&lt;br /&gt;impacts or dependencies that were not taken into account by the designer or the&lt;br /&gt;customer.&lt;br /&gt;If not removed, design information will be needed to determine added testing&lt;br /&gt;needs or regression testing needs. Management should be made aware of any&lt;br /&gt;significant added risks as a result of the unexpected functionality. If the&lt;br /&gt;functionality only affects areas, such as minor improvements in the user&lt;br /&gt;interface, it may not be a significant risk.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Q: How can software QA processes be implemented&lt;br /&gt;without stifling productivity?&lt;br /&gt;A: Implement QA processes slowly over time. Use consensus to reach&lt;br /&gt;agreement on processes and adjust and experiment as an organization grows&lt;br /&gt;and matures. Productivity will be improved instead of stifled. Problem prevention&lt;br /&gt;will lessen the need for problem detection. Panics and burnout will decrease and&lt;br /&gt;there will be improved focus and less wasted effort. At the same time, attempts&lt;br /&gt;should be made to keep processes simple and efficient, minimize paperwork,&lt;br /&gt;promote computer-based processes and automated tracking and reporting,&lt;br /&gt;minimize time required in meetings and promote training as part of the QA&lt;br /&gt;process. However, no one, especially talented technical types, like bureaucracy&lt;br /&gt;and in the short run things may slow down a bit. A typical scenario would be that&lt;br /&gt;more days of planning and development will be needed, but less time will be&lt;br /&gt;required for late-night bug fixing and calming of irate customers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What if an organization is growing so fast that fixed&lt;br /&gt;QA processes are impossible?&lt;br /&gt;A: This is a common problem in the software industry, especially in new&lt;br /&gt;technology areas. There is no easy solution in this situation, other than... · Hire good people (i.e. hire Rob Davis) · Ruthlessly prioritize quality issues and maintain focus on the customer; · Everyone in the organization should be clear on what quality means to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;Q: How is testing affected by object-oriented designs?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: A well-engineered object-oriented design can make it easier to trace from&lt;br /&gt;code to internal design to functional design to requirements. While there will be&lt;br /&gt;little affect on black box testing (where an understanding of the internal design of&lt;br /&gt;the application is unnecessary), white-box testing can be oriented to the&lt;br /&gt;application's objects. If the application was well designed this can simplify test&lt;br /&gt;design.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: Why do you recommended that we test during the&lt;br /&gt;design phase? A: Because testing during the design phase can prevent defects later on. I&lt;br /&gt;recommend we verify three things... 1. Verify the design is good, efficient, compact, testable and maintainable. 2. Verify the design meets the requirements and is complete (specifies all&lt;br /&gt;relationships between modules, how to pass data, what happens in&lt;br /&gt;exceptional circumstances, starting state of each module and how to&lt;br /&gt;guarantee the state of each module). 3. Verify the design incorporates enough memory, I/O devices and quick&lt;br /&gt;enough runtime for the final product.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Q: What is software quality assurance?&lt;br /&gt;A: Software Quality Assurance (SWQA) when Rob Davis does it is oriented to&lt;br /&gt;*prevention*. It involves the entire software development process. Prevention is&lt;br /&gt;monitoring and improving the process, making sure any agreed-upon standards and procedures are followed and ensuring problems are found and dealt with. Software Testing, when performed by Rob Davis, is also oriented to *detection*. Testing involves the operation of a system or application under controlled conditions and evaluating the results. Organizations vary considerably in how they assign responsibility for QA and testing. Sometimes they are the comined responsibility of one group or individual. Also common are project teams, which include a mix of test engineers, testers and developers who work closely together, with overall QA processes montored by project managers. It depends on what best fits your organization's size and business structure. Rob Davis can provide QA and/or SWQA. This document details some aspects of how he can provide&lt;br /&gt;software testing/QA service.&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is quality assurance?&lt;br /&gt;A: Quality Assurance ensures all parties concerned with the project adhere to the&lt;br /&gt;process and procedures, standards and templates and test readiness reviews.&lt;br /&gt;Rob Davis' QA service depends on the customers and projects. A lot will depend on team&lt;br /&gt;leads or managers, feedback to developers and communications among customers,&lt;br /&gt;managers, developers' test engineers and testers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: Processes and procedures - why follow them?&lt;br /&gt;A: Detailed and well-written processes and procedures ensure the correct steps are being executed to facilitate a successful completion of a task. They also ensure a&lt;br /&gt;process is repeatable. Once Rob Davis has learned and reviewed customer's business&lt;br /&gt;processes and procedures, he will follow them. He will also recommend improvements&lt;br /&gt;and/or additions. Q: Standards and templates - what is supposed to be in a&lt;br /&gt;document? A: All documents should be written to a certain standard and template. Standards and&lt;br /&gt;templates maintain document uniformity. It also helps in learning where information is&lt;br /&gt;located, making it easier for a user to find what they want. Lastly, with standards and&lt;br /&gt;templates, information will not be accidentally omitted from a document. Once Rob Davis&lt;br /&gt;has learned and reviewed your standards and templates, he will use them. He will also&lt;br /&gt;recommend improvements and/or additions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What are the different levels of testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Rob Davis has expertise in testing at all testing levels listed in the these FAQs. At each test level, he documents the results. Each level of testing is either considered black or white box testing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is black box testing?&lt;br /&gt;A: Black box testing is functional testing, not based on any knowledge of internal&lt;br /&gt;software design or code. Black box testing is based on requirements and functionality.&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is white box testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: White box testing is based on knowledge of the internal logic of an application's code.&lt;br /&gt;Tests are based on coverage of code statements, branches, paths and conditions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is unit testing? A: Unit testing is the first level of dynamic testing and is first the responsibility of&lt;br /&gt;developers and then that of the test engineers. Unit testing is performed after the&lt;br /&gt;expected test results are met or differences are explainable/acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is parallel/audit testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Parallel/audit testing is testing where the user reconciles the output of the new system to the output of the current system to verify the new system performs the operations&lt;br /&gt;correctly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is functional testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Functional testing is black-box type of testing geared to functional requirements of an&lt;br /&gt;application. Test engineers should perform functional testing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is usability testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Usability testing is testing for 'user-friendliness'. Clearly this is subjective and depends&lt;br /&gt;on the targeted end-user or customer. User interviews, surveys, video recording of user&lt;br /&gt;sessions and other techniques can be used. Test engineers are needed, because&lt;br /&gt;programmers and developers are usually not appropriate as usability testers. Q: What is incremental integration testing? A: Incremental integration testing is continuous testing of an application as new&lt;br /&gt;functionality is recommended. This may require that various aspects of an application's&lt;br /&gt;functionality are independent enough to work separately, before all parts of the program&lt;br /&gt;are completed, or that test drivers are developed as needed. This type of testing may be&lt;br /&gt;performed by programmers, software engineers, or test engineers.&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is integration testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Upon completion of unit testing, integration testing begins. Integration testing is black&lt;br /&gt;box testing. The purpose of integration testing is to ensure distinct components of the&lt;br /&gt;application still work in accordance to customer requirements. Test cases are developed&lt;br /&gt;with the express purpose of exercising the interfaces between the components. This&lt;br /&gt;activity is carried out by the test team. Integration testing is considered complete, when&lt;br /&gt;actual results and expected results are either in line or differences are&lt;br /&gt;explainable/acceptable based on client input.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is system testing?&lt;br /&gt;A: System testing is black box testing, performed by the Test Team, and at the start of&lt;br /&gt;the system testing the complete system is configured in a controlled environment. The&lt;br /&gt;purpose of system testing is to validate an application's accuracy and completeness in&lt;br /&gt;performing the functions as designed. System testing simulates real life scenarios that&lt;br /&gt;occur in a "simulated real life" test environment and test all functions of the system that&lt;br /&gt;are required in real life. System testing is deemed complete when actual results and&lt;br /&gt;expected results are either in line or differences are explainable or acceptable, based on&lt;br /&gt;client input.&lt;br /&gt;Upon completion of integration testing, system testing is started. Before system testing,&lt;br /&gt;all unit and integration test results are reviewed by SWQA to ensure all problems have&lt;br /&gt;been resolved. For a higher level of testing it is important to understand unresolved&lt;br /&gt;problems that originate at unit and integration test levels.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is end-to-end testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: End-to-end testing is similar to system testing, the *macro* end of the test&lt;br /&gt;scale; it is the testing a complete application in a situation that mimics real life&lt;br /&gt;use, such as interacting with a database, using network communication, or&lt;br /&gt;interacting with other hardware, application, or system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is regression testing?&lt;br /&gt;A: The objective of regression testing is to ensure the software remains intact. A&lt;br /&gt;baseline set of data and scripts is maintained and executed to verify that&lt;br /&gt;changes introduced during the release have not "undone" any previous code.&lt;br /&gt;Expected results from the baseline are compared to results of the software under&lt;br /&gt;test. All discrepancies are highlighted and accounted for, before testing proceeds&lt;br /&gt;to the next level. &lt;br /&gt;Q: What is sanity testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Sanity testing is a cursory testing; it is performed whenever a cursory testing&lt;br /&gt;is sufficient to prove the application is functioning according to specifications.&lt;br /&gt;This level of testing is a subset of regression testing. It normally includes a set of&lt;br /&gt;core tests of basic GUI functionality to demonstrate connectivity to the database,&lt;br /&gt;application servers, printers, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is performance testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Performance testing verifies loads, volumes and response times, as defined&lt;br /&gt;by requirements. Although performance testing is a part of system testing, it can&lt;br /&gt;be regarded as a distinct level of testing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is load testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Load testing is testing an application under heavy loads, such as the testing of&lt;br /&gt;a web site under a range of loads to determine at what point the system&lt;br /&gt;response time will degrade or fail.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is installation testing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Installation testing is the testing of a full, partial, or upgrade install/uninstall&lt;br /&gt;process. The installation test is conducted with the objective of demonstrating&lt;br /&gt;production readiness. This test includes the inventory of configuration items,&lt;br /&gt;performed by the application's System Administration, the evaluation of data&lt;br /&gt;readiness, and dynamic tests focused on basic system functionality. Following&lt;br /&gt;installation testing, a sanity test is performed when necessary. Q: What is security/penetration testing? A: Security/penetration testing is testing how well the system is protected against&lt;br /&gt;unauthorized internal or external access, or willful damage. This type of testing&lt;br /&gt;usually requires sophisticated testing techniques. Q: What is recovery/error testing? A: Recovery/error testing is testing how well a system recovers from crashes,&lt;br /&gt;hardware failures, or other catastrophic problems.&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is compatibility testing?&lt;br /&gt;A: Compatibility testing is testing how well software performs in a particular&lt;br /&gt;hardware, software, operating system, or network environment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is comparison testing? A: Comparison testing is testing that compares software weaknesses and&lt;br /&gt;strengths to those of competitors' products.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is acceptance testing? A: Acceptance testing is black box testing that gives the client/customer/project&lt;br /&gt;manager the opportunity to verify the system functionality and usability prior to&lt;br /&gt;the system being released to production. The acceptance test is the&lt;br /&gt;responsibility of the client/customer or project manager, however, it is conducted&lt;br /&gt;with the full support of the project team. The test team also works with the&lt;br /&gt;client/customer/project manager to develop the acceptance criteria.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is alpha testing? A: Alpha testing is testing of an application when development is nearing&lt;br /&gt;completion. Minor design changes can still be made as a result of alpha testing.&lt;br /&gt;Alpha testing is typically performed by end-users or others, not programmers,&lt;br /&gt;software engineers, or test engineers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is beta testing? A: Beta testing is testing an application when development and testing are&lt;br /&gt;essentially completed and final bugs and problems need to be found before the&lt;br /&gt;final release. Beta testing is typically performed by end-users or others, not&lt;br /&gt;programmers, software engineers, or test engineers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What testing roles are standard on most testing&lt;br /&gt;projects? A: Depending on the organization, the following roles are more or less standard&lt;br /&gt;on most testing projects: Testers, Test Engineers, Test/QA Team Lead, Test/QA&lt;br /&gt;Manager, System Administrator, Database Administrator, Technical Analyst, Test&lt;br /&gt;Build Manager and Test Configuration Manager. Depending on the project, one&lt;br /&gt;person may wear more than one hat. For instance, Test Engineers may also&lt;br /&gt;wear the hat of Technical Analyst, Test Build Manager and Test Configuration&lt;br /&gt;Manager.&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is a Test/QA Team Lead?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: The Test/QA Team Lead coordinates the testing activity, communicates&lt;br /&gt;testing status to management and manages the test team.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is a Test Engineer?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: A Test Engineer is an engineer who specializes in testing. Test engineers&lt;br /&gt;create test cases, procedures, scripts and generate data. They execute test&lt;br /&gt;procedures and scripts, analyze standards of measurements, evaluate results of&lt;br /&gt;system/integration/regression testing. They also... · Speed up the work of your development staff; · Reduce your risk of legal liability; · Give you the evidence that your software is correct and operates&lt;br /&gt;properly; · Improve problem tracking and reporting; · Maximize the value of your software; · Maximize the value of the devices that use it; · Assure the successful launch of your product by discovering bugs and&lt;br /&gt;design flaws, before users get discouraged, before shareholders loose&lt;br /&gt;their cool and before employees get bogged down; · Help the work of your development staff, so the development team can&lt;br /&gt;devote its time to build up your product; · Promote continual improvement; · Provide documentation required by FDA, FAA, other regulatory agencies&lt;br /&gt;and your customers; · Save money by discovering defects 'early' in the design process, before&lt;br /&gt;failures occur in production, or in the field; · Save the reputation of your company by discovering bugs and design&lt;br /&gt;flaws; before bugs and design flaws damage the reputation of your&lt;br /&gt;company.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is a Test Build Manager?&lt;br /&gt;A: Test Build Managers deliver current software versions to the test environment,&lt;br /&gt;install the application's software and apply software patches, to both the&lt;br /&gt;application and the operating system, set-up, maintain and back up test&lt;br /&gt;environment hardware. Depending on the project, one person may wear more&lt;br /&gt;than one hat. For instance, a Test Engineer may also wear the hat of a Test Build&lt;br /&gt;Manager.&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is a System Administrator?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Test Build Managers, System Administrators, Database Administrators deliver&lt;br /&gt;current software versions to the test environment, install the application's&lt;br /&gt;software and apply software patches, to both the application and the operating&lt;br /&gt;system, set-up, maintain and back up test environment hardware. Depending on&lt;br /&gt;the project, one person may wear more than one hat. For instance, a Test&lt;br /&gt;Engineer may also wear the hat of a System Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is a Database Administrator?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Database Administrators, Test Build Managers, and System Administrators&lt;br /&gt;deliver current software versions to the test environment, install the application's&lt;br /&gt;software and apply software patches, to both the application and the operating&lt;br /&gt;system, set-up, maintain and back up test environment hardware. Depending on&lt;br /&gt;the project, one person may wear more than one hat. For instance, a Test&lt;br /&gt;Engineer may also wear the hat of a Database Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is a Technical Analyst?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Technical Analysts perform test assessments and validate system/functional&lt;br /&gt;test requirements. Depending on the project, one person may wear more than&lt;br /&gt;one hat. For instance, Test Engineers may also wear the hat of a Technical&lt;br /&gt;Analyst.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is a Test Configuration Manager?&lt;br /&gt;A: Test Configuration Managers maintain test environments, scripts, software&lt;br /&gt;and test data. Depending on the project, one person may wear more than one&lt;br /&gt;hat. For instance, Test Engineers may also wear the hat of a Test Configuration&lt;br /&gt;Manager.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is a test schedule?&lt;br /&gt;A: The test schedule is a schedule that identifies all tasks required for a&lt;br /&gt;successful testing effort, a schedule of all test activities and resource&lt;br /&gt;requirements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is software testing methodology?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: One software testing methodology is a three step process of... 1. Creating a test strategy; 2. Creating a test plan/design; and 3. Executing tests. This methodology can be used and molded to your organization's needs. Rob&lt;br /&gt;Davis believes that using this methodology is important in the development and&lt;br /&gt;ongoing maintenance of his customers' applications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: What is the general testing process? A: The general testing process is the creation of a test strategy (which&lt;br /&gt;sometimes includes the creation of test cases), creation of a test plan/design&lt;br /&gt;(which usually includes test cases and test procedures) and the execution of&lt;br /&gt;tests.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Q: How do you create a test strategy? A: The test strategy is a formal description of how a software product will be&lt;br /&gt;tested. A test strategy is developed for all levels of testing, as required. The test&lt;br /&gt;team analyzes the requirements, writes the test strategy and reviews the plan&lt;br /&gt;with the project team. The test plan may include test cases, conditions, the test&lt;br /&gt;environment, a list of related tasks, pass/fail criteria and risk assessment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Inputs for this process: · A description of the required hardware and software components,&lt;br /&gt;including test tools. This information comes from the test environment,&lt;br /&gt;including test tool data. · A description of roles and responsibilities of the resources required for&lt;br /&gt;the test and schedule constraints. This information comes from man-&lt;br /&gt;hours and schedules. · Testing methodology. This is based on known standards. · Functional and technical requirements of the application. This&lt;br /&gt;information comes from requirements, change request, technical and&lt;br /&gt;functional design documents. · Requirements that the system can not provide, e.g. system limitations. Outputs for this process: · An approved and signed off test strategy document, test plan, including&lt;br /&gt;test cases. · Testing issues requiring resolution. Usually this requires additional&lt;br /&gt;negotiation at the project management level.  &lt;br /&gt;How do you create a test plan/design?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A: Test scenarios and/or cases are prepared by reviewing functional&lt;br /&gt;requirements of the release and preparing logical groups of functions that can be&lt;br /&gt;further broken into test procedures. Test procedures define test conditions, data&lt;br /&gt;to be used for testing and expected results, including database updates, file&lt;br /&gt;outputs, report results. Generally speaking... · Test cases and scenarios are designed to represent both typical and&lt;br /&gt;unusual situations that may occur in the application. · Test engineers define unit test requirements and unit test cases. Test&lt;br /&gt;engineers also execute unit test cases. · It is the test team who, with assistance of developers and clients,&lt;br /&gt;develops test cases and scenarios for integration and system testing. · Test scenarios are executed through the use of test procedures or&lt;br /&gt;scripts. · Test procedures or scripts define a series of steps necessary to perform&lt;br /&gt;one or more test scenarios. · Test procedures or scripts include the specific data that will be used for&lt;br /&gt;testing the process or transaction. · Test procedures or scripts may cover multiple test scenarios. · Test scripts are mapped back to the requirements and traceability&lt;br /&gt;matrices are used to ensure each test is within scope. · Test data is captured and base lined, prior to testing. This data serves as&lt;br /&gt;the foundation for unit and system testing and used to exercise system&lt;br /&gt;functionality in a controlled environment. · Some output data is also base-lined for future comparison. Base-lined&lt;br /&gt;data is used to support future application maintenance via regression&lt;br /&gt;testing. · A pre-test meeting is held to assess the readiness of the application and&lt;br /&gt;the environment and data to be tested. A test readiness document is&lt;br /&gt;created to indicate the status of the entrance criteria of the release. Inputs for this process: · Approved Test Strategy Document. · Test tools, or automated test tools, if applicable. · Previously developed scripts, if applicable. · Test documentation problems uncovered as a result of testing. · A good understanding of software complexity and module path coverage,&lt;br /&gt;derived from general and detailed design documents, e.g. software&lt;br /&gt;design document, source code and software complexity data. Outputs for this process: · Approved documents of test scenarios, test cases, test conditions and&lt;br /&gt;test data. · Reports of software design issues, given to software developers for&lt;br /&gt;correction. &lt;br /&gt;Q: How do you execute tests? A: Execution of tests is completed by following the test documents in a&lt;br /&gt;methodical manner. As each test procedure is performed, an entry is recorded in&lt;br /&gt;a test execution log to note the execution of the procedure and whether or not&lt;br /&gt;the test procedure uncovered any defects. Checkpoint meetings are held&lt;br /&gt;throughout the execution phase. Checkpoint meetings are held daily, if required,&lt;br /&gt;to address and discuss testing issues, status and activities. · The output from the execution of test procedures is known as test&lt;br /&gt;results. Test results are evaluated by test engineers to determine&lt;br /&gt;whether the expected results have been obtained. All&lt;br /&gt;discrepancies/anomalies are logged and discussed with the software&lt;br /&gt;team lead, hardware test lead, programmers, software engineers and&lt;br /&gt;documented for further investigation and resolution. Every company has&lt;br /&gt;a different process for logging and reporting bugs/defects uncovered&lt;br /&gt;during testing. · A pass/fail criteria is used to determine the severity of a problem, and&lt;br /&gt;results are recorded in a test summary report. The severity of a problem,&lt;br /&gt;found during system testing, is defined in accordance to the customer's&lt;br /&gt;risk assessment and recorded in their selected tracking tool. · Proposed fixes are delivered to the testing environment, based on the&lt;br /&gt;severity of the problem. Fixes are regression tested and flawless fixes&lt;br /&gt;are migrated to a new baseline. Following completion of the test,&lt;br /&gt;members of the test team prepare a summary report. The summary&lt;br /&gt;report is reviewed by the Project Manager, Software QA (SWQA)&lt;br /&gt;Manager and/or Test Team Lead. · After a particular level of testing has been certified, it is the responsibility&lt;br /&gt;of the Configuration Manager to coordinate the migration of the release&lt;br /&gt;software components to the next test level, as documented in the&lt;br /&gt;Configuration Management Plan. The software is only migrated to the&lt;br /&gt;production environment after the Project Manager's formal acceptance. · The test team reviews test document problems identified during testing,&lt;br /&gt;and update documents where appropriate. Inputs for this process: · Approved test documents, e.g. Test Plan, Test Cases, Test Procedures. · Test tools, including automated test tools, if applicable. · Developed scripts. · Changes to the design, i.e. Change Request Documents. · Test data. · Availability of the test team and project team. · General and Detailed Design Documents, i.e. Requirements Document,&lt;br /&gt;Software Design Document. · A software that has been migrated to the test environment, i.e. unit&lt;br /&gt;tested code, via the Configuration/Build Manager. · Test Readiness Document. · Document Updates. Outputs for this process: Log and summary of the test results. Usually this is part of the Test Report. This needs to be approved and signed-off with revised testing&lt;br /&gt;deliverables. · Changes to the code, also known as test fixes. · Test document problems uncovered as a result of testing. Examples are&lt;br /&gt;Requirements document and Design Document problems. · Reports on software design issues, given to software developers for&lt;br /&gt;correction. Examples are bug reports on code issues. · Formal record of test incidents, usually part of problem tracking. · Base-lined package, also known as tested source and object code, ready&lt;br /&gt;for migration to the next level.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/697911216000218693-2775567314449925860?l=interview-helper.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/feeds/2775567314449925860/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/software-testing-interview-questions.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/2775567314449925860'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/697911216000218693/posts/default/2775567314449925860'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://interview-helper.blogspot.com/2008/08/software-testing-interview-questions.html' title='Software Testing Interview Questions'/><author><name>Interview Helper</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00019571984377897004</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='33' height='12' src='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_AdNUW2U2OOs/SYHHT9_iGqI/AAAAAAAAAAM/PzlYVvYWMac/s1600-R/interviewhelper.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-697911216000218693.post-7166056526005479066</id><published>2008-08-15T05:08:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-02-05T05:06:12.804-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Software Testing interview questions'/><title type='text'>Software Testing</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3 class="post-title entry-title"&gt; &lt;a href="http://softwaretesting-interview-questions.blogspot.com/2008/07/software-testing.html"&gt;Software Testing&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/h3&gt;   Software testing is the process of checking software, to verify that it satisfies its requirements and to detect errors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Software testing is an empirical investigation conducted to provide stakeholders with information about the quality of the product or service under test, with respect to the context in which it is intended to operate. This includes, but is not limited to, the process of executing a program or application with the intent of finding software bugs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quality is not an absolute; it is value to some person. With that in mind, testing can never completely establish the correctness of arbitrary computer software; testing furnishes a criticism or comparison that compares the state and behaviour of the product against a specification. An important point is that software testing should be distinguished from the separate discipline of Software Quality Assurance (S.Q.A.), which encompasses all business process areas, not just testing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Over its existence, computer software has continued to grow in complexity and size. Every software product has a target audience. For example, the audience for video game software is completely different from banking software. Therefore, when an organization develops or otherwise invests in a software product, it presumably must assess whether the software product will be acceptable to its end users, its target audience, its purchasers, and other stakeholders. Software testing is the process of attempting to make this assessment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A study conducted by NIST in 2002 reports that software bugs cost the U.S. economy $59.5 billion annually. More than a third of this cost could be avoided if better software testing was performed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Scope&lt;br /&gt;A primary purpose for testing is to detect software failures so that defects may be uncovered and corrected. This is a non-trivial pursuit. Testing cannot establish that a product functions properly under all conditions but can only establish that it does not function properly under specific conditions.] The scope of software testing often includes examination of code as well as execution of that code in various environments and conditions as well as examining the quality aspects of code: does it do what it is supposed to do and do what it needs to do. In the current culture of software development, a testing organization may be separate from the development team. There are various roles for testing team members. Information derived from software testing may be used to correct the process by which software is developed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Defects and failures&lt;br /&gt;The software faults occur through the following process. A programmer makes an error (mistake), which results in a defect (fault, bug) in the software source code. If this defect is executed, in certain situations the system will produce wrong results, causing a failure.] Not all defects will necessarily result in failures. For example, defects in dead code will never result in failures. A defect can turn into a failure when the environment is changed. Examples of these changes in environment include the software being run on a new hardware platform, alterations in source data or interacting with different software.] A single defect may result in a wide range of failure symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Input combinations and preconditions&lt;br /&gt;A problem with software testing is that testing under all combinations of inputs and preconditions (initial state) is not feasible, even with a simple product.]] This means that the number of defects in a software product can be very large and defects that occur infrequently are difficult to find in testing. More significantly, parafunctional dimensions of quality (how it is supposed to be versus what it is supposed to do) -- for example, usability, scalability, performance, compatibility, reliability -- can be highly subjective; something that constitutes sufficient value to one person may be intolerable to another.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Static vs. dynamic testing&lt;br /&gt;There are many approaches to software testing. Reviews, walkthroughs or inspections are considered as static testing, whereas actually executing programmed code with a given set of test cases is referred to as dynamic testing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Software verification and validation&lt;br /&gt;Software testing is used in association with verification and validation:]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Verif
